Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (297)
  • GRASSI Mus. Leipzig  (2)
  • 1985-1989  (298)
  • Humanities.  (230)
  • Education
  • Electronic books ; local
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
Keywords
Subjects(RVK)
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : Walter Foster Pub.
    ISBN: 9781610580830 , 1610580834
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (64 p.) , ill.
    Series Statement: Artist's library series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Perspective ; Drawing ; Technique ; Electronic books ; local ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Whether you specialize in drawing even cartooning and animation or prefer media such as acrylic, oil, pastel, or watercolor, a good knowledge of perspective is invaluable. It is the foundation of all great paintings and drawings, no matter what medium. Perspective shows you everything you need to know to make objects look three dimensional. Practice the methods of measuring and dividing areas proportionately; then learn how we perceive depth and distance, and how to render it correctly on paper or canvas. You will learn the basics and beyond, covering concepts like foreshortening; cast shadows; reflections; and even one-, two-, and three-point perspective. And once you have a good grasp of the basics, it's easy to graduate to more complex and irregular forms. This comprehensive guide will show you how!
    Note: Description based on print version record
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Greensboro, N.C. : Center for Creative Leadership
    ISBN: 9781932973396 , 1932973397
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (1 v.)
    Series Statement: Report / Center for Creative Leadership no. 138.
    Keywords: Executives ; Training of ; Leadership ; Assessment centers (Personnel management procedure) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: Many new managers rely too heavily on the technical or problem-solving strengths that have propelled them upward and fail to understand that new skills are required to continue to be effective as managers. The problem arises for both individual and organizational reasons and results in many managers failing to make the transitions required to deal with the increasing complexity they face. When this happens, many managers whose careers have been full of promise stumble and derail. This title will assist managers in the pursuit to continue to be successful leaders in their organizations.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references. - Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (Safari, viewed Apr. 15, 2013)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Yourdon Press | Boston, Mass. :Safari Books Online,
    ISBN: 9780137157860 , 013715786X , 9780130185082 , 0130185086
    Language: English
    Pages: xx, 198 p , ill. , 24 cm
    Series Statement: Yourdon Press computing series
    Keywords: Management ; Data processing ; Technological innovations ; Management ; Organizational change ; Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: Targets human factors and how they affect the implementation of any kind of automation in the information system environment. Includes discussion of: accurately portraying the apparent whimsy of upper management; tactics, strategy negotiation, and politics.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references (p. 188-189) and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Greensboro, N.C. (1 Leadership Pl., P.O. Box 26300, Greensboro 27438-6300) : Center for Creative Leadership | Boston, MA :Safari,
    Language: English
    Series Statement: CCL no. 136.
    Keywords: Career development ; Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Needs assessment ; Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: The Center for Creative Leadership's continuing studies of executives have found that learning on the job is the best way for a person to develop. Often people are given new positions in order to provide them with developmental experiences. But what if such a transfer is not possible? This report contains eighty-eight assignments that offer individual development opportunities on a current job.
    Note: Title from title screen. - Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400910713
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (368p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Evaluation in Education and Human Services 25
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; Educational tests and measurements
    Abstract: 1 What Is Constructing Test Items? -- What This Book Is About -- Major Purposes Of This Book -- Why This Information Is Important -- Persons For Whom This Book Is Intended -- Overview Of The Remaining Chapters -- How To Approach the Chapters -- 2 Definition, Purpose, And Characteristics of Items -- Defining A Test Item -- Test Item Nomenclature -- Purpose For Test Items -- Criteria For Good Test Items -- Assumptions For Test Items -- Classification Of Items -- Conclusion -- 3 Determining the Content For Items: Validity -- Basic Concepts of Validity -- The Relationship Between Constructing Test Items and Validity -- Conditions For Items To Contribute To Validity -- Initial Considerations When Selecting Content For Items -- Achieving Clarity In A Test’s Content -- Developing Test Content Specifications -- Melding Cognitive Processing Levels With Items Content -- Test Item Specifications -- Making An Item Consistent With Its Specification -- Conclusion -- 4 Starting To Write Items: Practical Considerations -- The Importance Of Good Writing In Test Items -- Sources For Information On Writing Style -- Using Taxonomies In Writing Items -- Distinctness Between Stem and Response Alternatives -- Importance Of An Interrogative Stem -- Determining The Correct Response For Test Items -- Determining The Optimal Number Of Response Alternatives -- Making Response Alternatives Plausible -- Use Of All Of The Above Or None Of The Above As Response Alternatives -- Using Specific Determiners In Test Items -- Constructing Complex Response Alternatives -- Time Examinees Need To Respond To Items -- Conclusion -- 5 Style, Editorial, and Publication Guidelines For Items in the Multiple-Choice Format -- Understanding The Multiple-Choice Item Format -- Advantages and Criticisms Of Items In The Multiple-Choice Format -- Editorial Format For Items -- Using Directions Correctly -- Specialized Style Rules For Multiple-Choice Items -- Type Characteristics and Page Layout -- Conclusion -- 6 Style, Editorial, and Publication Guidelines For Items in Other Common Formats -- Precision In Wording, Again -- Understanding Items In The True-False Format -- Understanding Items In The Matching Format -- Understanding Short-Answer AndSentence-Completion Items -- Understanding Cloze-Procedure -- Conclusion -- 7 Judging the Quality Of Test Items: Item Analysis -- Measurement Error -- Understanding Item Analysis -- Validating The Content Of Items -- Using Leading Questions In Item Analysis -- Item Statistics -- Item Parameters -- Item Bias -- Conclusion -- 8 Ethical, Legal Considerations, and Final Remarks for Item Writers -- Ethical Concerns For Item Writers -- Concluding Comments About Constructing Test Items -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400923683
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (364p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Contributions To Phenomenology, In Cooperation with the Center for Advanced Research in Phenomenology 2
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; History ; Humanities ; Art—Study and teaching. ; Education, Higher.
    Abstract: One Phenomenology and the Objective of Historiography -- Two The Idea of Being: A Platonic Speculation -- Three On Parsing the Parmenides -- Four On Participation: Beginning a Philosophical Grammar -- Five On Ritual and Rhetoric in Plato -- Six The Two Republics: A Study in Dialectic -- Seven The Liberal Arts and Plato’s Relation to Them -- Eight Saint Augustine’s Christian Dialectic -- Nine Faith and Reason in Plato and St. Augustine: A Further Dialectic -- Ten Descartes’ Revision of the Cartesian Dualism -- Eleven On Kant’s Philosophic Grammar of Mathematics -- Twelve Is Modern Physics Possible Within Kant’s Philosophy? -- Thirteen On Kant’s Refutation of Metaphysics -- Fourteen Husserl’s Ideas in the Liberal Arts Tradition -- Fifteen On the Structure and Value of the Philosophy of Merleau-Ponty -- Sixteen The Unity of the Liberal Arts and the University -- Seventeen Modes of Being and Their Relation to the Liberal Arts and Artist.
    Abstract: As this collection of essays demonstrates, over a long career Edward Goodwin Ballard has written on a wide range of topics of philosophical interest. Although the present volume can be enjoy­ ably browsed, it is not simply a sampling of his writings. Rather, herein Professor Ballard has chosen and organized essays which pertain to the major concerns of his philosophic life. He has long held that the function of philosophy, particularly in a time such as ours, is the discernment and analysis of basic principles (archai) and their consequences. Indeed, in Philosophy at the Crossroads. he recommended focusing upon the history of philosophy understood as the movement of recognizing and interpreting the shifts in first principles as they reflect and determine human change. For Ballard, the study of the history of philosophy, like philosophy itself, is not so much a body of knowledge as an exercise (an art) whiQh moves the practitioner towards social and individual maturity. He holds, along with Plato and Husserl, that philosophy is a process of conversion to the love of wisdom as well as a grasp of the means for its attainment. Throughout his writings, Ballard has maintained that the difficulties of this journey have to do with the limitations of the pilgrim. Human being is perspectival, finite, and inevitably ignorant. Philosophic command and self -recognition reside in the just assessment of the limits of human knowledge.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer
    ISBN: 9781475711745
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 260 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Concept of Feeding Fish -- Evolution of Aquaculture -- Necessity of Feeding Fish -- Comparison of Feeding Fish and Land Animals -- Fish Versus Farm Animals as Animal Protein in Human Diets -- Levels of Fish Culture -- 2 The Nutrients -- Energy Requirements and Sources -- Proteins and Amino Acids -- Vitamins -- Essential Lipids -- Minerals -- 3 Digestion and Metabolism -- Digestion -- Measuring Nutrient Digestibility in Fish -- Metabolism -- Rate of Metabolism (Oxygen Consumption) in Fish -- 4 Nonnutrient Diet Components -- Toxins and Antimetabolites -- Diet Additives -- Accidental Contaminants -- 5 Feed Formulation and Processing -- Formulating Fish Feeds -- Practical Feed Ingredients -- Processing Fish Feeds -- 6 Fish Feeding Experiments -- Controlled Environment Studies -- Practical Environment Studies -- 7 Practical Feeding — Channel Catfish -- Feeding Practices -- Nutritional Requirements of Channel Catfish -- Importance of Natural Foods in Catfish Ponds -- Effect of Fish Size on Feeding Responses -- Compensatory Growth in Channel Catfish -- Effects of Feed on Sensory Qualities of Processed Catfish -- Feeding Brood Fish -- 8 Practical Feeding—Tilapias -- Culture Practices -- Nutrient Requirements -- Feeds and Feeding -- 9 Practical Feeding—Salmon and Trout -- Types of Salmonid Culture -- Production of Seedstock -- General Culture Methods -- Nutrient Requirements -- Feed Formulation -- Feeding Practices -- 10 Practical Feeding—Penaeid Shrimps -- Culture Practices -- Nutrient Requirements -- Feeds and Feeding -- Practical Feeds -- 11 Practical Feeding—Eels -- Culture Methods -- Nutritional Requirements -- Feed Preparation -- Feeding Practices -- Daily Feeding Rate -- Research Needs -- 12 Practical Feeding—Crawfish -- Culture -- Feeding Behavior -- Providing Natural Foods for Crawfish -- Supplemental Feeding -- Nutrient Requirements -- Appendix A Composition of Feed Ingredients -- Appendix B Common and Scientific Names of Species.
    Abstract: Aquaculture is more than a science in its infancy; it is now recognized as a viable and profitable enterprise worldwide. It will continue to grow and supply an increasingly larger percentage of fishery products consumed because the oceans are inadequately managed and their yield is unpredictable. Supply, price, and quality can be controlled more effectively when fish are cultured under managed conditions, like corn in a field. As aquaculture technology has evolved, there has been a trend toward higher yields and faster growth which has necessitated enhancing or replacing natural foods with prepared diets. In many aquaculture operations today, feed accounts for over half of the vari­ able operating cost. Feeding fish in their aqueous environment takes on dimensions beyond those considered in fee ding land animals; the nutrient requirements, feeding practices, and feeding environment are unique for fish. Knowledge on nutrition and practical feeding of fish is essential to successful aquaculture. This book is intended to be helpful to students, scientists, practic­ ing nutritionists, and aquaculturists. It covers the known nutrient requirements and deficiency effects for various fishes. It discusses nu­ trient sources and preparation of research and practical feeds. It gives direction for designing and conducting fish nutrition and feeding ex­ periments. Feeding practices for several commercially important fishes representing diverse culture systems (coldwater fish, warm­ water fish, crustaceans, pond cultures, and highly artificial cultures) are presented. One book, of course, cannot be all-encompassing in the area of fish nutrition and feeding.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Palgrave Macmillan UK
    ISBN: 9781349092512
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XII, 237 p)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    Keywords: Political science ; Philosophy and social sciences ; Politics and war ; Education
    Abstract: An exploration of the underlying philosophy and the practice of the training of soldiers in a number of countries, including Britain, America, Cuba, the USSR, China, Indonesia, Israel and Sweden. Case studies have been chosen to illustrate the diversity of approach found in the modern world
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401148467
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (vii, 127 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 History -- 3 Occurrence and isolation -- 4 Biological activities -- 5 Carbohydrate specificity -- 6 Molecular properties -- 7 Three dimensional structures -- 8 Biosynthesis -- 9 Applications -- 10 Lectin resistant cells -- 11 Functions in nature -- 12 Epilogue.
    Abstract: A characteristic property of most, or perhaps all, proteins is their ability to combine specifically and reversibly with various substances. Well known examples are enzymes that bind substrates and inhibitors, and antibodies that bind antigens. This book deals with lectins, a class of proteins that bind carbohydrates. Another characteristic property of lectins is that they agglutinate cells or precipitate polysaccharides and glycoproteins. This is because lectins are polyvalent, i.e. each lectin molecule has at least two carbohydrate binding sites to allow crosslinking between cells (by combining with sugars on their surfaces) or between sugar containing macromolecules. The agglutinating and precipitating activities of lectins are very similar to those of antibodies. They can likewise be specifically inhibited by low molecular weight compounds (haptens), which in the case of lectins are sugars or sugar containing compounds (Fig. 1.1). Not surprisingly, therefore, many of the methods used in lectin research are based on immunochemical techniques. Nevertheless, lectins are different from antibodies in several important aspects. Many lectins are found in plants, microorganisms and viruses, which do not synthesize immunoglobulins. In fact, they are found in almost all living organisms (Table 1.1) and are not confined to specific organs or tissues. Another marked difference between the two classes of compound is that antibodies are structurally similar, whereas lectins are structurally diverse. In general, lectins are oligomeric proteins composed of subunits, usually with one sugar binding site per subunit.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 History -- 3 Occurrence and isolation -- 4 Biological activities -- 5 Carbohydrate specificity -- 6 Molecular properties -- 7 Three dimensional structures -- 8 Biosynthesis -- 9 Applications -- 10 Lectin resistant cells -- 11 Functions in nature -- 12 Epilogue.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400912236
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introducing nonparametric methods -- 1.1 Basic statistics -- 1.2 Hypothesis tests -- 1.3 Estimation -- 1.4 Samples and populations -- 1.5 Further reading -- 1.6 Computers and nonparametric methods -- Exercises -- 2 Location estimates for single samples -- 2.1 The sign test -- 2.2 Inferences about medians based on ranks -- 2.3 Other location estimators -- 2.4 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 3 Distribution tests and rank transformations for single samples -- 3.1 Matching samples to distributions -- 3.2 Robustness -- 3.3 Transformations of ranks -- 3.4 Practical implications of efficiency -- 3.5 Modified assumptions -- 3.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 4 Methods for paired samples -- 4.1 Comparisons in pairs -- 4.2 A less obvious use of the sign test -- 4.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 5 Tests and estimation for two independent samples -- 5.1 Location tests and estimates -- 5.2 Wilcoxon—Mann—Whitney confidence intervals -- 5.3 Tests on functions of ranks -- 5.4 Tests for equality of variance -- 5.5 A test for a common distribution -- 5.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 6 Three or more samples -- 6.1 Possible extensions -- 6.2 Location tests for independent samples -- 6.3 Tests for heterogeneity of variance for independent samples -- 6.4 Further tests for several independent samples -- 6.5 Location comparisons for related samples -- 6.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 7 Bivariate and multivariate data -- 7.1 Correlation in bivariate data -- 7.2 Nonparametric bivariate linear regression -- 7.3 Monotonie regression -- 7.4 Multivariate data -- 7.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 8 Counts and categories -- 8.1 Categorical data -- 8.2 Tests for independence in two-way tables -- 8.3 The log-linear model -- 8.4 Goodness of fit tests for discrete data -- 8.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 9 Robustness, jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.1 The computer and robustness -- 9.2 Jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 10 Looking ahead -- 10.1 Nonparametric methods in a wider context -- 10.2 Developments from basic techniques -- 10.3 More sophisticated developments -- 10.4 The Bayesian approach -- A1 Random variables -- A2 Permutations and combinations -- A6 Least squares regression -- A7 Data sets -- A8 Tables of critical values for nonparametric methods -- References -- Solutions to odd-numbered exercises.
    Abstract: This book is a practical introduction to statistical techniques called nonpara­ metric methods. Using examples, we explain assumptions and demonstrate procedures; theory is kept to a minimum. We show how basic problems are tackled and try to clear up common misapprehensions so as to help both students of statistics meeting the methods for the first time and workers in other fields faced with data needing simple but informative analysis. An analogy between experimenters and car drivers describes our aim. Statistical analyses may be done by following a set of rules without understanding their logical basis, but this has dangers. It is like driving a car with no inkling ofhow the internal combustion engine, the gears, the ignition system, the brakes actually work. Understanding the rudiments helps one get better performance and makesdrivingsafer;appropriate gearchanges become a way to reduce engine stress, prolong engine life, improve fuel economy, minimize wear on brake linings. Knowing how to change the engine oil or replace worn sparking plugs is notessential for adriver, but it will reduce costs. Learning such basics will not make one a fully fledged mechanic, even less an automotive engineer; but it all contributes to more economical and safer driving, alertingone to the dangers ofbald tyres, aleakingexhaust, worn brake linings.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introducing nonparametric methods1.1 Basic statistics -- 1.2 Hypothesis tests -- 1.3 Estimation -- 1.4 Samples and populations -- 1.5 Further reading -- 1.6 Computers and nonparametric methods -- Exercises -- 2 Location estimates for single samples -- 2.1 The sign test -- 2.2 Inferences about medians based on ranks -- 2.3 Other location estimators -- 2.4 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 3 Distribution tests and rank transformations for single samples -- 3.1 Matching samples to distributions -- 3.2 Robustness -- 3.3 Transformations of ranks -- 3.4 Practical implications of efficiency -- 3.5 Modified assumptions -- 3.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 4 Methods for paired samples -- 4.1 Comparisons in pairs -- 4.2 A less obvious use of the sign test -- 4.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 5 Tests and estimation for two independent samples -- 5.1 Location tests and estimates -- 5.2 Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney confidence intervals -- 5.3 Tests on functions of ranks -- 5.4 Tests for equality of variance -- 5.5 A test for a common distribution -- 5.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 6 Three or more samples -- 6.1 Possible extensions -- 6.2 Location tests for independent samples -- 6.3 Tests for heterogeneity of variance for independent samples -- 6.4 Further tests for several independent samples -- 6.5 Location comparisons for related samples -- 6.6 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 7 Bivariate and multivariate data -- 7.1 Correlation in bivariate data -- 7.2 Nonparametric bivariate linear regression -- 7.3 Monotonie regression -- 7.4 Multivariate data -- 7.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 8 Counts and categories -- 8.1 Categorical data -- 8.2 Tests for independence in two-way tables -- 8.3 The log-linear model -- 8.4 Goodness of fit tests for discrete data -- 8.5 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 9 Robustness, jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.1 The computer and robustness -- 9.2 Jackknives and bootstraps -- 9.3 Fields of application -- Exercises -- 10 Looking ahead -- 10.1 Nonparametric methods in a wider context -- 10.2 Developments from basic techniques -- 10.3 More sophisticated developments -- 10.4 The Bayesian approach -- A1 Random variables -- A2 Permutations and combinations -- A6 Least squares regression -- A7 Data sets -- A8 Tables of critical values for nonparametric methods -- References -- Solutions to odd-numbered exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400908352
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Distribution and function of regulatory peptides -- 1 Atrial natriuretic peptides—localization, structure, function and phylogeny -- 2 Bombesin -- 3 Gastrin/cholecystokinin-related peptides—comparative aspects -- 4 Neurotensin and related peptides -- 5 Opioid peptides—comparative peripheral mechanisms -- 6 Substance P and other tachykinins -- 7 Vasoactive intestinal peptide -- 8 Pancreatic peptides -- 9 Peptides in invertebrates -- Two Integrated physiological functions -- 10 Gut motility -- 11 Gut secretion -- 12 The cardiovascular system -- 13 Co-existence and co-function -- 14 Biosynthesis of regulatory peptides—evolutionary aspects.
    Abstract: Strictly speaking, the term regulatory peptides may include any peptide which has a regulatory function in any organism. In recent years, how­ ever, the term has come to mean those originally classified as brain-gut peptides. The peptides initially defined as those belonging to the brain­ gut axis had a dual location in neurones of the brain and endocrine cells of the gut. We now include a number of neuropeptides found in the autonomic nervous system of the gut, the cardiovascular system and other systems. To many scientists comparative physiology means comparison of the mechanisms of certain functions in the rat, the guinea-pig, the cat and maybe some other mammal. If the philosophy is that man is the centre of the universe and other mammals can be used as 'models' of man, this may well be the most useful way to study the functions of the human being, without actually chopping somebody up. However, with a some­ what wider perspective on life, it is easy to see the importance of a full understanding of the function of all living organisms, in its own right as well as a link in the evolution towards individuals able to survive and reproduce in very different environments. The importance of com­ parative studies in all living organisms cannot be emphasized too much. It has been the ambition with this book to treat all animals as equally important.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Distribution and function of regulatory peptides1 Atrial natriuretic peptides-localization, structure, function and phylogeny -- 2 Bombesin -- 3 Gastrin/cholecystokinin-related peptides-comparative aspects -- 4 Neurotensin and related peptides -- 5 Opioid peptides-comparative peripheral mechanisms -- 6 Substance P and other tachykinins -- 7 Vasoactive intestinal peptide -- 8 Pancreatic peptides -- 9 Peptides in invertebrates -- Two Integrated physiological functions -- 10 Gut motility -- 11 Gut secretion -- 12 The cardiovascular system -- 13 Co-existence and co-function -- 14 Biosynthesis of regulatory peptides-evolutionary aspects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9789400908338
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 180 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Ascris suum: a useful model for anerobic mitochondrial metabolism and the transition in aerobic-anaerobic developing parasitic helminths -- 2 The role of 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT: serotonin) in glucose transport, intermediary carbohydrate metabolism and helminth neurobiology -- 3 What are the functions of the catecholamines and 5-hydroxytryptamine in the parasitic nematodes? -- 4 The physiological significance of Complex II (succinate-ubiquinone reductase) in respiratory adaptation -- 5 Oxygen and the lower Metazoa -- 6 How do parasitic helminths use and survive oxygen and oxygen metabolites? -- 7 Carbohydrate and energy metabolism in adult schistosomes: a reappraisal -- 8 Using carbon-13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectroscopy to study helminth metabolism -- 9 Detoxification reactions in parasitic helminths -- 10 Parasite transport and inactivation functions involved in antiparasitic efficacy -- 11 The molecular biology of drug resistance in parasitic helminths -- 12 Comparative biochemistry of parasites and its role in drug resistance—an investigation of species differences in tubulin -- 13 Systemic effects of helminth infections as revealed by serum LDH isozymes and kinetic parameters of transport (Vmax and K1) of the host tissue -- Helminth index.
    Abstract: When Professor John Sprent first suggested, in 1982, that the Australian Society for Parasitology should bid for the opportunity to mount the Sixth International Congress of Parasitology, the immediate reaction was one of disbelief. However, in the two years or so before ICOPA 5, in Toronto, he used his considerable powers to the utmost and spent himself unstintingly in persuading Australian parasitologists to put together a bid. The Society inevitably agreed, for it is difficult to prevent such a determined and eminent man from getting his own way! A case for an Australian venue was prepared and, as President, I was charged with the task of convincing the delegates in Toronto that Australia was worth going all the way to see. The events of that meeting are now far in the past; suffice to say that, in the end, Australia won by the narrowest of margins, largely due to the energy of my inventive colleagues who put the case for Australia at every possible and improbable moment. I do not remember a great deal about the scientific aspects of ICOPA 5. I was far too preoccupied with an awful spectre, that of telling John Sprent that I had failed, to pay attention to much other than lobbying for votes. I do remember, however, telling myself how much I would enjoy the next ICOPA without the terrible responsibility of capturing ICOPA 7.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Ascris suum: a useful model for anerobic mitochondrial metabolism and the transition in aerobic-anaerobic developing parasitic helminths2 The role of 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT: serotonin) in glucose transport, intermediary carbohydrate metabolism and helminth neurobiology -- 3 What are the functions of the catecholamines and 5-hydroxytryptamine in the parasitic nematodes? -- 4 The physiological significance of Complex II (succinate-ubiquinone reductase) in respiratory adaptation -- 5 Oxygen and the lower Metazoa -- 6 How do parasitic helminths use and survive oxygen and oxygen metabolites? -- 7 Carbohydrate and energy metabolism in adult schistosomes: a reappraisal -- 8 Using carbon-13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectroscopy to study helminth metabolism -- 9 Detoxification reactions in parasitic helminths -- 10 Parasite transport and inactivation functions involved in antiparasitic efficacy -- 11 The molecular biology of drug resistance in parasitic helminths -- 12 Comparative biochemistry of parasites and its role in drug resistance-an investigation of species differences in tubulin -- 13 Systemic effects of helminth infections as revealed by serum LDH isozymes and kinetic parameters of transport (Vmax and K1) of the host tissue -- Helminth index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461308539
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Current Phycology
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1.Introduction -- 2. Collection and Handling of Prochloron and Its Hosts -- Collection and Handling -- Treatment of Prochloron cells -- Conclusion -- 3. Prochloron in Symbiosis -- Photosynthesis -- Translocation -- Formation of the Symbiosis -- Biochemical Interactions between the Symbionts -- Other Interactions between the Symbionts -- References -- 4. Physiological and Cellular Features of Prochloron -- Photosynthetic Features of Prochloron -- Respiratory Behavior and Carbon Balance in Prochloron -- Properties of the Photosynthetic Pigments and Membranes of Prochloron -- Physiology of the Prochloron-Ascidian Association -- Some Suggested Physiological Requirements for the Culture of Prochloron -- Conclusion -- References -- 5. Biochemical Features of Prochloron -- General Features of Enzyme Isolation -- Enzymes of Photosynthetic Carbon Metabolism -- Enzymes of Glucan Synthesis and Storage Carbohydrates -- Lipophilic Components -- Properties of Membrane Fractions -- Miscellaneous Compounds and Metabolic Investigations -- Conclusion -- References -- 6. Phylogenetic Considerations of Prochloron -- Phylogenetic Position -- Phylogentic Rank -- Possible Relationship to Chloroplasts -- References -- 7. The Cytology of Prochloron -- The Cell Wall -- Thylakoids -- Inclusions -- Nucleic Acids -- Conclusion -- References -- 8. A Status Report on Prochlorothrix hollandica a Free-Living Prochlorophyte -- Epilogue -- Author Index.
    Abstract: Ralph A. LewiQand Lanna Cheng In physics, the discovery of new (more properly, hitherto undetected) particles has often resulted from a search: like the discovery of America, their existence had been postulated but their actual existence awaited confirmation. In biology, new discoveries are rarely made in this way. The existence of an alga like Prochloron, as a putative ancestor of chloro­ plasts, had been postulated, but in fact its discovery was a consequence of fortuitous events. Green algal symbionts in didemnid ascidians had been known for decades to a few marine zoologists who had worked in coral reef areas, but nobody had bothered much about them. When we happened to find them, under boulders on a seashore in Baja California, Mexico, where we were taking part in a student expedition, we didn't bother much either at first, though they worried us a little. With our portable microscope we could see no nuclei in the cells, which, according to the dogma accepted at the time, indicated that they were blue-green algae-yet they didn't look blue-green. They were leaf-green, like green algae and higher plants. We made desultory attempts to grow them in culture, in variously enriched seawater media, but failed. (This proved to be a frustrating experience, all too frequently repeated on subsequent expeditions. ) We collected enough for electron microscopy, though, and transmission electron microscopy (TEM) studies indicated that the cells were unequivocally prokaryotic.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.Introduction2. Collection and Handling of Prochloron and Its Hosts -- Collection and Handling -- Treatment of Prochloron cells -- Conclusion -- 3. Prochloron in Symbiosis -- Photosynthesis -- Translocation -- Formation of the Symbiosis -- Biochemical Interactions between the Symbionts -- Other Interactions between the Symbionts -- References -- 4. Physiological and Cellular Features of Prochloron -- Photosynthetic Features of Prochloron -- Respiratory Behavior and Carbon Balance in Prochloron -- Properties of the Photosynthetic Pigments and Membranes of Prochloron -- Physiology of the Prochloron-Ascidian Association -- Some Suggested Physiological Requirements for the Culture of Prochloron -- Conclusion -- References -- 5. Biochemical Features of Prochloron -- General Features of Enzyme Isolation -- Enzymes of Photosynthetic Carbon Metabolism -- Enzymes of Glucan Synthesis and Storage Carbohydrates -- Lipophilic Components -- Properties of Membrane Fractions -- Miscellaneous Compounds and Metabolic Investigations -- Conclusion -- References -- 6. Phylogenetic Considerations of Prochloron -- Phylogenetic Position -- Phylogentic Rank -- Possible Relationship to Chloroplasts -- References -- 7. The Cytology of Prochloron -- The Cell Wall -- Thylakoids -- Inclusions -- Nucleic Acids -- Conclusion -- References -- 8. A Status Report on Prochlorothrix hollandica a Free-Living Prochlorophyte -- Epilogue -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    ISBN: 9789400911314
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Use of modern NMR spectroscopy in plant cell wall research -- Near- and mid-infrared studies of the cell wall structure of cereal straw in relation to its rumen degradability -- An introduction to pyrolysis mass spectrometry of lignocellulosic material: case studies on barley straw, corn stem and Agropyron -- Cell wall autofluorescence -- Light microscopy and histology of lignocellulose related to biodegradation -- Electron microscopy as a method to evaluate structure and degradation of plant cell walls -- Some properties of cell wall layers determining ruminant digestion -- Identification and importance of polyphenolic compounds in crop residues -- 13C-NMR spectroscopy of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Lignin characterisation of wheat straw samples as determined by chemical degradation procedures -- Determination of phenolic compounds from lignocellulosic by-products by HPLC with electrochemical detector -- Electrochemical approaches to the oxidative degradation of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Methods for the evaluation of lignin properties suitable for conversion -- Comparison of chemical and biological methods for predicting feed intakes and animal performance -- Recommendations -- List of Participants.
    Abstract: The workshop reported in this volume is one of a series sponsored by the Commission of the European Communities, Directorate-General for Science, Research and Development (DG XII), under the Concerted Action Programme COST 84-bis, entitled "Use of lignocellulose containing by-products and other plant residues for animal feeding". Since COST 84-bis was established there has been a major shift of emphasis in agricultural research in Europe, with the development of alternative uses for crops and their by-products becoming a priority issue. In recognition of this recent workshops he,ld under the aegis of COST 84-bis have been equally concerned with the potential of lignocellulosic residues to form the feedstock for a variety of new and established industrial uses in addition to their established use as animal feed. Development of strategies for the use of plants or plant residues with a high cell wall content is dependant on knowledge of cell wall structure and organisation and how structure relates to the behaviour of the wall during mechanical, chemical or biological processing. Progress in cell wall research has been greatly facilitated by the substantial developments in methods of instrumental analysis that have occurred during the last decade. Plant tissues now can be examined in far greater detail and far more rapidly than was hitherto possible, often without the need for extraction or modification of the cell wall or its component polymers.
    Description / Table of Contents: Use of modern NMR spectroscopy in plant cell wall researchNear- and mid-infrared studies of the cell wall structure of cereal straw in relation to its rumen degradability -- An introduction to pyrolysis mass spectrometry of lignocellulosic material: case studies on barley straw, corn stem and Agropyron -- Cell wall autofluorescence -- Light microscopy and histology of lignocellulose related to biodegradation -- Electron microscopy as a method to evaluate structure and degradation of plant cell walls -- Some properties of cell wall layers determining ruminant digestion -- Identification and importance of polyphenolic compounds in crop residues -- 13C-NMR spectroscopy of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Lignin characterisation of wheat straw samples as determined by chemical degradation procedures -- Determination of phenolic compounds from lignocellulosic by-products by HPLC with electrochemical detector -- Electrochemical approaches to the oxidative degradation of lignins and lignocellulosic materials -- Methods for the evaluation of lignin properties suitable for conversion -- Comparison of chemical and biological methods for predicting feed intakes and animal performance -- Recommendations -- List of Participants.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    ISBN: 9789400911413
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Measurement -- Integrated fermentor sampling and analysis -- Measurement of biological reaction rates using advanced pH control systems -- Morphological measurements on filamentous microorganisms by image analysis -- Reconciliation of measurement data in fermentation using on-line expert system -- Glucose biosensors for the study and control of bakers compressed yeast production -- Computer controlled system for on-line monitoring of a fermentation process -- 2: Modelling I -- Structured modelling of bioreactor systems -- Mathematical simulation of anaerobic stratified biofilm processes -- A new approach for development of structured growth models -- Modelling secondary metabolite production — case pleuromulin -- Modelling of kinetics, mass transfer and mixing phenomena in 45, 450 and 4500 L tank fermenters -- A software tool for fermentation modelling -- Hydrodynamic and kinetic modelling of a flocculating bioreactor with cell recycle -- Modelling and simulation of naphthalene to salicylic acid fermentation process -- 3: Modelling II — System Identification, Parmeter and State Estimation -- An introduction to system identification, parameter and state estimation -- Expert system approach to recognize the state of fermentation and to diagnose faults in bioreactors -- Toward a systematic method for the generalization of fermentation data -- Adaptive inferential estimation and its application to biomass control -- Experimental validation of a methodology for on-line state estimation in bioreactors -- Optimal feeding strategy for identification of Monod-type models by fed-batch experiments -- Identification of a simulated continuous yeast fermentation -- Structured modelling and parameter identification of budding yeast populations -- Parameter estimation of kinetics and modelling in methanogenic fermentation of Methanosarcina barkeri -- On-line estimation of cell mass using an extended Kalman filter -- Observability by pH in bioprocesses -- 4: Control I -- Process controlled temperature induction during batch fermentations for recombinant DNA products -- Application of an expert system to the operation and control of industrial antibiotic fermentation process -- IBE fermentation control -- Improvement of the penicillin production in bench-scale reactors by on-line measurement, data evaluation and parameter-adaptive control -- On-line parameter identification and computer control of an anaerobic waste water treatment process -- On experiences with expert systems in the control of bioreactors -- Intelligent purification of monoclonal antibodies -- 5: Control II -- A fed-batch process for pullulanase production -- A new approach for the control of baker’s yeast fed-batch fermentation -- Lyapunov design of convergent adaptive controllers for a class of multilinear systems arising from biotechnological applications -- A new nonlinear adaptive approach to automatic control of bioprocesses -- Adaptive algorithm for estimation and control of fed-batch bioprocesses -- Modelling and control of polygalacturonase production from Kluyveromyces marxianus -- Nonlinear estimation and adaptive control of a fed-batch fermentor -- Sensitivity analysis in static optimization of fermentation plants -- Maximum production of glutathione in fed-batch culture of Saccharomyces cerevisiae -- 6: Data Management -- Management of process control data for bio-process analysis -- Data handling for fermentation development — an industrial approach -- On-line monitoring of the response of a fermentation process to nutrient additions -- A modelling approach to trouble diagnosis by multilevel fuzzy functions and its application -- Model based optimization of a SCP fermentation process -- Adaptive monitoring of bioreactor contamination -- PC-based on-line estimation of derived variables -- The use of carbon dioxide evolution rate in consistency checking other fermenter sensor outputs -- Using the downhill Simplex method to fit complex rate equations to data -- Fermentation fault diagnosis using analytical redundancy -- Author Index.
    Abstract: Richard Fox Chairman, Scientific Programme Committee Between 25th and 29th September, 1988, 243 people who either apply or research the use of computers in fermentation gathered together at Robinson College, Cambridge, UK. They came from 30 countries. The conference brought together two traditions. Firstly, it continued the series on Computer Applications in Fermentation Technology (ICCAFT) inaugurated by Henri Blanchere in Dijon in 1973 and carried forward in Philadelphia and Manchester. Secondly, it brought the expertise of the many members of the International Federation of Automatic Control (IFAC), who focused their attention on biotechnology at Noordwijkerhout in the Netherlands in December, 1985. I am happy to say that the tradition carries on and a successor meeting will hopefully take place in the USA in 1991. If you find these proceedings useful or stimulating, then we hope to see you there. We set out to make ICCAFT4 a close-knit friendly conference. We housed all who cared to in Robinson College itself and organised no parallel sessions. Because we, the organisers, experience difficulty with the jargon of our colleagues from other disciplines, we asked Bruce Beck to present a breakfast tutorial on modern control and modelling techniques, and we set up informal panel discussions after dinner on two evenings. Neville Fish chaired a forum on the microbiological principles behind models, while Professors Derek Linkens and Ron Leigh led a discussion on expert systems in control.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: MeasurementIntegrated fermentor sampling and analysis -- Measurement of biological reaction rates using advanced pH control systems -- Morphological measurements on filamentous microorganisms by image analysis -- Reconciliation of measurement data in fermentation using on-line expert system -- Glucose biosensors for the study and control of bakers compressed yeast production -- Computer controlled system for on-line monitoring of a fermentation process -- 2: Modelling I -- Structured modelling of bioreactor systems -- Mathematical simulation of anaerobic stratified biofilm processes -- A new approach for development of structured growth models -- Modelling secondary metabolite production - case pleuromulin -- Modelling of kinetics, mass transfer and mixing phenomena in 45, 450 and 4500 L tank fermenters -- A software tool for fermentation modelling -- Hydrodynamic and kinetic modelling of a flocculating bioreactor with cell recycle -- Modelling and simulation of naphthalene to salicylic acid fermentation process -- 3: Modelling II - System Identification, Parmeter and State Estimation -- An introduction to system identification, parameter and state estimation -- Expert system approach to recognize the state of fermentation and to diagnose faults in bioreactors -- Toward a systematic method for the generalization of fermentation data -- Adaptive inferential estimation and its application to biomass control -- Experimental validation of a methodology for on-line state estimation in bioreactors -- Optimal feeding strategy for identification of Monod-type models by fed-batch experiments -- Identification of a simulated continuous yeast fermentation -- Structured modelling and parameter identification of budding yeast populations -- Parameter estimation of kinetics and modelling in methanogenic fermentation of Methanosarcina barkeri -- On-line estimation of cell mass using an extended Kalman filter -- Observability by pH in bioprocesses -- 4: Control I -- Process controlled temperature induction during batch fermentations for recombinant DNA products -- Application of an expert system to the operation and control of industrial antibiotic fermentation process -- IBE fermentation control -- Improvement of the penicillin production in bench-scale reactors by on-line measurement, data evaluation and parameter-adaptive control -- On-line parameter identification and computer control of an anaerobic waste water treatment process -- On experiences with expert systems in the control of bioreactors -- Intelligent purification of monoclonal antibodies -- 5: Control II -- A fed-batch process for pullulanase production -- A new approach for the control of baker’s yeast fed-batch fermentation -- Lyapunov design of convergent adaptive controllers for a class of multilinear systems arising from biotechnological applications -- A new nonlinear adaptive approach to automatic control of bioprocesses -- Adaptive algorithm for estimation and control of fed-batch bioprocesses -- Modelling and control of polygalacturonase production from Kluyveromyces marxianus -- Nonlinear estimation and adaptive control of a fed-batch fermentor -- Sensitivity analysis in static optimization of fermentation plants -- Maximum production of glutathione in fed-batch culture of Saccharomyces cerevisiae -- 6: Data Management -- Management of process control data for bio-process analysis -- Data handling for fermentation development - an industrial approach -- On-line monitoring of the response of a fermentation process to nutrient additions -- A modelling approach to trouble diagnosis by multilevel fuzzy functions and its application -- Model based optimization of a SCP fermentation process -- Adaptive monitoring of bioreactor contamination -- PC-based on-line estimation of derived variables -- The use of carbon dioxide evolution rate in consistency checking other fermenter sensor outputs -- Using the downhill Simplex method to fit complex rate equations to data -- Fermentation fault diagnosis using analytical redundancy -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401578271
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 220 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Evaluation in Education and Human Services 26
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; Educational tests and measurements
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Evaluability Assessment: Overview of Process -- 3 Determine Purpose, Secure Commitment, and Identify Work Group Members -- 4 Define Boundaries of Program to be Studied -- 5 Identify and Analyze Program Documents -- 6 Develop/Clarify Program Theory -- 7 Identify and Interview Stakeholders -- 8 Describe Stakeholder Perceptions of Program -- 9 Identify Stakeholder Needs, Concerns, and Differences in Perceptions -- 10 Determine Plausibility of Program Model -- 11 Draw Conclusions and Make Recommendations -- 12 Plan Specific Steps for Utilization of EA Data -- 13 Observations about the Process -- Appendix One The Cooperative Extension System -- Appendix Two Evaluability Assessment of the 4-H Youth Program, Maryland Cooperative Extension Service -- Appendix Three Evaluability Assessment of the Local Government Officials Program, Illinois Cooperative Extension Service -- Appendix Four Evaluability Assessment of the Master Gardener Program, California Cooperative Extension -- References.
    Abstract: My interest in and appreciation for program evaluation began in the early 1970's when conducting a curriculum development research project at the University of Florida's P. K. Y onge Laboratory School. This interest was sparked when it became apparent that testing the success of an education program required more skills than just statistics and research methods. After pursuing additional formal schooling, I embarked on a career featuring educational program evaluation as its central thrust--as a private consultant, later in a university health sciences center involving seven academic colleges, and then in the Cooperative Extension Services of Florida and Maryland. Adding evaluability assessment (EA) to the performance of evaluations, to program development, and to teaching about evaluation has been a significant development for me personally, and I hope to those who have been participants with me in each endeavor. This book grew out of many of these experiences and involved numerous colleagues who made significant contributions. First among these is Dr. George Mayeske, Program Evaluation Specialist, Extension Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. c.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : Taylor & Francis
    ISBN: 9780203977927 , 9781850005247 , 9781135388591 , 9781135388584 , 9781135388546
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Keywords: Education
    Abstract: First Published in 1989. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis, an informa company
    Note: English
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Macmillan Education UK
    ISBN: 9781349198436
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIX, 357 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Macmillan Master Series
    DDC: 407.1
    Keywords: Education ; Language and languages Study and teaching
    Abstract: For the person who has a reasonable knowledge of Italian, this book is aimed at learning more about Italian life and language, from authentic sources. A cassette, which accompanies this book, is available
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Birkhäuser Boston
    ISBN: 9781475720730
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 162 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Design Science Collection
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Architecture and the Significance of the Surface -- 2 Dimensional Color: Theoretical Background -- 3 Color-Space and Time -- 4 The Geometry of Brightness and the Perception of Form -- 5 Configuration, Pattern, and Dimension -- 6 Color and Form: Conform or Transform? -- 7 Chiaro e Scuro Inverted -- 8 Color and Visual Organization -- 9 Color and Light -- 10 Visual Education -- Notes -- List of Illustrations.
    Abstract: In a broad sense Design Science is the fail to perceive the system of organiza­ grammar of a language of images rather tion determining the form of such than of words. Modern communication structures. techniques enable us to transmit and reconstitute images without the need of Perception is a complex process. Our knowing a specific verbal sequential senses record ; they are analogous to language such as the Morse code, or audio or video devices. We cannot, Hungarian. International traffic signs however, claim that such devices per­ use international image symbols which ceive. Perception involves more than are not specific to any particular verbal meets the eye: it involves processing language. An image language differs and organization of recorded data. from a verbal one in that the latter uses When we name an object, we actually a linear string of symbols, whereas the name a concept: such words as octahe­ former is multidimensional. dron, collage, tessellation, dome, each desig­ nate a wide variety of objects sharing Architecturial renderings commonly certain characteristics. When we devise show projections onto three mutually ways of transforming an octahedron, or perpendicular planes, or consist of cross determine whether a given shape will sections at different altitudes capable of tessellate the plane, we make use of being stacked and representing different these characteristics, which constitute floor plans. Such renderings make it the grammar of structure.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Architecture and the Significance of the Surface2 Dimensional Color: Theoretical Background -- 3 Color-Space and Time -- 4 The Geometry of Brightness and the Perception of Form -- 5 Configuration, Pattern, and Dimension -- 6 Color and Form: Conform or Transform? -- 7 Chiaro e Scuro Inverted -- 8 Color and Visual Organization -- 9 Color and Light -- 10 Visual Education -- Notes -- List of Illustrations.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468415261
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to mobile communications -- 1.1 Background -- 1.2 Mobile radio system fundamentals -- 1.3 A simple mobile radio system -- 1.4 Practical communication systems -- 1.5 Paging -- 1.6 Portables -- 1.7 Dialling systems -- 1.8 Radiophone services -- 1.9 Channel sharing -- 1.10 Area coverage techniques -- 1.11 Present and future use of mobile radio -- References -- 2 Multipath characteristics in urban areas -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The nature of multipath propagation -- 2.3 Short-term fading -- 2.4 Frequency-selective fading -- 2.5 Channel characterization -- 2.6 Channel sounding techniques -- 2.7 Practical channel sounders -- 2.8 Small-area characterization -- 2.9 Large-area characterization -- 2.10 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Propagation and signal strength prediction -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Fundamentals of VHF and UHF propagation -- 3.3 Propagation over terrain obstacles -- 3.4 Multiple knife-edge diffraction -- 3.5 Propagation prediction models -- 3.6 Signal strength prediction in urban areas -- 3.7 Discussion -- 3.8 Signal variability -- 3.9 Large area statistics -- 3.10 Building penetration losses -- References -- 4 Modulation techniques -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Amplitude modulation -- 4.3 Angle modulation -- 4.4 Implementation of AM systems -- 4.5 Single-sideband implementation -- 4.6 Demodulation -- 4.7 Generation of FM signals -- 4.8 FM demodulators -- 4.9 The effect of noise on AM systems -- 4.10 The effect of noise on FM systems -- 4.11 The effects of multipath propagation -- 4.12 Demodulation of data signals -- 4.13 Differentially encoded PSK (DPSK) -- 4.14 The effect of noise in data communication systems -- 4.15 Carrier transmissions -- 4.16 The influence of multipath fading on data transmissions -- 4.17 System performance -- 4.18 The fully digital approach -- References -- 5 Man-made noise -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Characterization of pulses -- 5.3 Characterization of impulsive noise -- 5.4 Measuring equipment -- 5.5 Practical measuring systems -- 5.6 Measurement of noise amplitude distribution -- 5.7 Statistical characterization of noise -- 5.8 Impulsive noise measurements -- 5.9 Summary -- 5.10 Performance prediction techniques -- References -- 6 Diversity reception -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Basic diversity methods -- 6.3 Improvements obtainable from diversity -- 6.4 Switched diversity -- 6.5 The effect of diversity on data systems -- 6.6 Practical diversity systems -- 6.7 Predetection diversity -- 6.8 Diversity systems using special receivers -- 6.9 Switched diversity -- 6.10 Comparison -- 6.11 Postdetection diversity -- 6.12 Time diversity -- 6.13 Discussion and conclusions -- References -- 7 Using the radio channel in cellular radio networkgs -- 7.1 The radio channel as a system component -- 7.2 Wideband versus narrowband -- 7.3 Cellular radio fundamentals -- 8 Analogue cellular radio systems -- 8.1 Channel structures -- 8.2 Specifications for the radio equipment -- 8.3 Network control activity -- 8.4 System operation -- 8.5 Some system comparisons -- 9 Digital cellular radio systems -- 9.1 Digital versus analogue for second-generation cellular systems -- 9.2 Choice of basic system architecture -- 9.3 Essential techniques for digital implementation -- 9.4 Example systems -- 9.5 Postscript.
    Abstract: During the past decade there has been a dramatic change in the nature of mobile communications technology and its impact on the general communic­ ations environment. In the 1970s, mobile radio was a minority activity in communications, based on relatively unsophisticated technology. The 1980s, however, have seen the emergence of analogue cellular systems and the definition of future digital systems, and the predicted demand for these services is such that investigations into the use of higher frequency bands have already begun. It is predicted that, by the late 1990s, the 'personal communications' world will have resulted in the majority of adults in Europe and North America being dependent on radio-connected terminals of various kinds for more than 50% of their total telecommunications needs. The technology which will form the basis of this revolution has now been defined, at least in outline, and the fixed and mobile equipment that will be used in systems of the future will bear little resemblance to that available even ten years ago. It is impossible within the confines of a single, relatively short book to cover all the subject areas needed for a study of this exciting and expanding field of technology. We have, perforce, been selective and have chosen those topics which we believe to be of primary importance at the present time.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to mobile communications1.1 Background -- 1.2 Mobile radio system fundamentals -- 1.3 A simple mobile radio system -- 1.4 Practical communication systems -- 1.5 Paging -- 1.6 Portables -- 1.7 Dialling systems -- 1.8 Radiophone services -- 1.9 Channel sharing -- 1.10 Area coverage techniques -- 1.11 Present and future use of mobile radio -- References -- 2 Multipath characteristics in urban areas -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The nature of multipath propagation -- 2.3 Short-term fading -- 2.4 Frequency-selective fading -- 2.5 Channel characterization -- 2.6 Channel sounding techniques -- 2.7 Practical channel sounders -- 2.8 Small-area characterization -- 2.9 Large-area characterization -- 2.10 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Propagation and signal strength prediction -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Fundamentals of VHF and UHF propagation -- 3.3 Propagation over terrain obstacles -- 3.4 Multiple knife-edge diffraction -- 3.5 Propagation prediction models -- 3.6 Signal strength prediction in urban areas -- 3.7 Discussion -- 3.8 Signal variability -- 3.9 Large area statistics -- 3.10 Building penetration losses -- References -- 4 Modulation techniques -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Amplitude modulation -- 4.3 Angle modulation -- 4.4 Implementation of AM systems -- 4.5 Single-sideband implementation -- 4.6 Demodulation -- 4.7 Generation of FM signals -- 4.8 FM demodulators -- 4.9 The effect of noise on AM systems -- 4.10 The effect of noise on FM systems -- 4.11 The effects of multipath propagation -- 4.12 Demodulation of data signals -- 4.13 Differentially encoded PSK (DPSK) -- 4.14 The effect of noise in data communication systems -- 4.15 Carrier transmissions -- 4.16 The influence of multipath fading on data transmissions -- 4.17 System performance -- 4.18 The fully digital approach -- References -- 5 Man-made noise -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Characterization of pulses -- 5.3 Characterization of impulsive noise -- 5.4 Measuring equipment -- 5.5 Practical measuring systems -- 5.6 Measurement of noise amplitude distribution -- 5.7 Statistical characterization of noise -- 5.8 Impulsive noise measurements -- 5.9 Summary -- 5.10 Performance prediction techniques -- References -- 6 Diversity reception -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Basic diversity methods -- 6.3 Improvements obtainable from diversity -- 6.4 Switched diversity -- 6.5 The effect of diversity on data systems -- 6.6 Practical diversity systems -- 6.7 Predetection diversity -- 6.8 Diversity systems using special receivers -- 6.9 Switched diversity -- 6.10 Comparison -- 6.11 Postdetection diversity -- 6.12 Time diversity -- 6.13 Discussion and conclusions -- References -- 7 Using the radio channel in cellular radio networkgs -- 7.1 The radio channel as a system component -- 7.2 Wideband versus narrowband -- 7.3 Cellular radio fundamentals -- 8 Analogue cellular radio systems -- 8.1 Channel structures -- 8.2 Specifications for the radio equipment -- 8.3 Network control activity -- 8.4 System operation -- 8.5 Some system comparisons -- 9 Digital cellular radio systems -- 9.1 Digital versus analogue for second-generation cellular systems -- 9.2 Choice of basic system architecture -- 9.3 Essential techniques for digital implementation -- 9.4 Example systems -- 9.5 Postscript.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170031
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction To Standards and Specifications -- 2. Understanding Blueprints -- 3. Processes And Tolerances -- 4. Artwork Inspection -- 5. Planning: Multilayer And Double Sided Printed Circuits -- 6. Planning Flex And Rigid-Flex Jobs -- 7. Aspects Of Quality Assurance -- A. MIL-STD-275E: Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment -- B. IPC-D-300G: Printed Board Dimensions and Tolerances -- C. MIL-P-55110D: General Specification for Printed Wiring Boards -- D. IPC-A-600C: Guidelines for Acceptability of Printed Boards -- E. MIL-P-13949F: Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards) -- F. MIL-STD-2118: Design Requirements for Flex and Rigid-Flex Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment.
    Abstract: I would like to present some definitions which will be helpful in understanding the purpose of this book. From The American Heritage Dictionary of the En­ glish Language: Engineer 1. A person who skillfully or shrewdly manages an enterprise. 2. To plan, construct, and manage, as an engineer. 3. To plan, manage, and put through by skillful acts, or contrivance. Engineering 1. The application of scientific principles to practical ends as the design, con­ struction, and operation of efficient and economical structures, equipment and systems. 2. The profession of, or work performed by an engineer. Some words encountered in the definitions of engineer and engineering are Skillfully, Plan, and Manage. This book is concerned with engineering the man­ ufacture of printed circuit boards, and is dedicated to those people engaged in designing, planning, manufacturing, and achieving quality assurance in printed circuits. In The Handbook of Printed Circuit Manufacturing (Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1985), I presented detailed practical and theoretical information on the opera­ tions involved in manufacturing printed circuits. It is possible to perform each operation in an optimum fashion, and still leave room for improvement. Much of that room for improvement requires the skillful application of scientific prin­ ciples, planning, and management. It is the goal of this book to provide a sound background in industry standards and specifications, blueprint comprehension, artwork inspection, processes and tolerances, planning and quality assurance.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction To Standards and Specifications2. Understanding Blueprints -- 3. Processes And Tolerances -- 4. Artwork Inspection -- 5. Planning: Multilayer And Double Sided Printed Circuits -- 6. Planning Flex And Rigid-Flex Jobs -- 7. Aspects Of Quality Assurance -- A. MIL-STD-275E: Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment -- B. IPC-D-300G: Printed Board Dimensions and Tolerances -- C. MIL-P-55110D: General Specification for Printed Wiring Boards -- D. IPC-A-600C: Guidelines for Acceptability of Printed Boards -- E. MIL-P-13949F: Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards) -- F. MIL-STD-2118: Design Requirements for Flex and Rigid-Flex Printed Wiring for Electronic Equipment.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461566724
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Communication. ; Telecommunication. ; Engineering. ; Life sciences. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities. ; Science.
    Abstract: A -- B -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X -- Y -- Z.
    Abstract: Communications * Standard Dictionary is a comprehensive compilation of terms and definitions used in communications and related fields. Communications is defined as the branch of science and technology concerned with the process of representing, transferring, and interpreting the meaning as­ signed to data by and among persons, places, or machines. Communication is defined as the transfer of information between a source (trans­ mitter, light source) and a sink (receiver, photodetector) over one or more chan­ nels in accordance with a protocol, and in a manner suitable for interpretation or comprehension by the receiver; or as a method or means of conveying informa­ tion of any kind from one person or place to another. In short, communications is a branch of science and technology, whereas com­ munication pertains to the actual transfer of information. Thus, the word com­ munication should be used as a modifier, as in communication center, communi­ cation deception, and communication line, just as in the field of electronics one speaks of electronic devices and electronic circuits.
    Description / Table of Contents: AB -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X -- Y -- Z.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781475701487
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. New Directions in Building Design -- 1.1. Change from Master Builders to Managers -- 1.2. Basic Traditional Building Procedure -- 1.3. Systems Design Approach to Building -- 1.4. Design by Building Team -- 2. Basic Building Elements and Their Representation -- 2.1. Main Parts of Buildings -- 2.2. Floors and Ceilings -- 2.3. Roofs -- 2.4. Exterior Walls and Openings -- 2.5. Partitions, Doors, and Interior-Wall Finishes -- 2.6. Structural Framing and Foundations -- 2.7. Plumbing -- 2.8. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Systems -- 2.9. Lighting -- 2.10. Acoustics -- 2.11. Electric Supply -- 2.12. Vertical-Circulation Elements -- 2.13. Why Drawings Are Necessary -- 2.14. Drawing Conventions -- 2.15. Types of Drawings -- 2.16. Specifications -- 2.17. Scales and Dimensions on Drawings -- 2.18. Elevation Views -- 2.19. Plan Views -- 2.20. Lines -- 2.21. Sections -- 2.22. Details -- 2.23. Survey and Plot Plans -- 3. Systems Design Method -- 3.1. Models -- 3.2. Value Measures for Comparisons 643.3. Comparisons of Systems -- 3.4. Return on Investment -- 3.5. Constraints Imposed by Building Codes -- 3.6. Zoning Codes -- 3.7. Other Constraining Regulations -- 3.8. Systems Design Steps -- 3.9. System Goals -- 3.10. System Objectives -- 3.11. System Constraints -- 3.12. Value Analysis -- 3.13. Optimum Design of Complex Systems -- 4. Application of Systems Design to Buildings -- 4.1. Considerations in Adaptation of Systems Design -- 4.2. Role of Owner -- 4.3. Conceptual Phase of Systems Design -- 4.4. Design Development Phase of Systems Design -- 5. Contract Documents and Construction Methods -- 5.1. Responsibilities Assigned by the Construction Contract -- 5.2. Components of the Contract Documents -- 5.3. Contract Drawings -- 5.4. Specifications -- 5.5. Bidding Requirements -- 5.6. Contractors Drawings -- 5.7. Construction and Occupancy Permits -- 5.8. Construction Procedures -- 6. Life Safety Concerns -- 6.1. Windstorms -- 6.2. Earthquakes -- 6.3. Fire -- 6.4. Fire Extinguishment -- 6.5. Emergency Egress -- 6.6. Fire Protection -- 6.7. Security -- 6.8. Barrier-Free Environments -- 6.9. Toxic Materials -- 6.10. Construction Safety -- 7. Building Sites and Foundations -- 7.1. Site Considerations -- 7.2. Site Surveys -- 7.3. Soil Considerations for Site and Foundation Design -- 7.4. Shallow Bearing Foundations -- 7.5. Deep Foundations -- 7.6. Lateral and Uplift Forces on Structures -- 7.7. Site Development Considerations 1917.8. Cofferdams and Foundation Walls -- 7.9. Bewatering of Excavations -- 7.10. Investigation and Testing -- 7.11. Systems-Design Approach to Site Adaptation -- 8. Structural Systems -- 8.1. Building Loads -- 8.2. Deformations of Structural Members -- 8.3. Unit Stresses and Strains -- 8.4. Idealization of Structural Materials -- 8.5. Structural Materials -- 8.6. Typical Major Constraints on Structural Systems -- 8.7. Tension Members -- 8.8. Columns -- 8.9. Trusses -- 8.10. Beams -- 8.11. Arches and Rigid Frames -- 8.12. Shells and Folded Plates -- 8.13. Cable-Supported Roofs -- 8.14. Pneumatic Structures -- 8.15. Horizontal Framing Systems -- 8.16. Vertical Structural Systems -- 8.17. Systems-Design Approach to Structural Systems -- 9. Plumbing -- 9.1. Water Supply -- 9.2. Wastewater Disposal -- 9.3. Basic Principles of Plumbing -- 9.4. Water-supply Systems -- 9.5. Sizing of Water-Supply Pipes -- 9.6. Wastewater-Removal Systems -- 9.7. Sizing of Wastewater and Vent Pipes -- 9.8. Piping for Heating Gas -- 9.9. Systems Design of Plumbing -- 10. Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning -- 10.1. Design Considerations -- 10.2. Measurement of Heat -- 10.3. Heat Flow and Human Comfort -- 10.4. Thermal Insulation -- 10.5. Prevention of Damage from Condensation -- 10.6. Ventilation -- 10.7. Heat Losses -- 10.8. Heat Gains -- 10.9. Methods of Heating Buildings -- 10.10. Methods of Cooling and Air Conditioning Buildings -- 10.11. Passive Design -- 10.12. Systems-Design Approach to HVAC -- 11. Lighting -- 11.1. Accident Prevention -- 11.2. Quantity of Light -- 11.3. Quality of Light -- 11.4. Color -- 11.5. Lighting Strategies -- 11.6. Daylight -- 11.7. Lighting Equipment -- 11.8. Systems-Design Approach to Lighting -- 12. Sound and Vibration Control -- 12.1. Nature of Sounds and Vibrations -- 12.2. Measurement of Sounds -- 12.3. Acoustic Properties of Materials -- 12.4. Sound and Vibration Design Criteria -- 12.5. Sound and Vibration Control -- 12.6. Systems-Design Approach to Sound and Vibration Control -- 13. Electrical Systems -- 13.1. Characteristics of Direct Current -- 13.2. Characteristics of Alternating Current -- 13.3. Electrical Loads -- 13.4. Electrical Conductors and Raceways -- 13.5. Power-Systems Apparatus -- 13.6. Electrical Distribution in Buildings -- 13.7. Communication Systems -- 13.8. Systems-Design Approach to Electrical Distribution -- 14. Vertical Circulation -- 14.1. Ramps -- 14.2. Stairs -- 14.3. Escalators -- 14.4. Elevators -- 14.5. Dumbwaiters -- 14.6. Pneumatic Tubes and Vertical Conveyors -- 14.7. Systems-Design Approach to Vertical Circulation -- 15. Systems for Enclosing Buildings -- 15.1. Roofs -- 15.2. Roofmg -- 15.3. Exterior Walls -- 15.4. Single-Enclosure Systems -- 15.5. Windows -- 15.6. Doors in Exterior Walls -- 15.7. Systems-Design Approach to Building Enclosure -- 16. Systems for Interior Construction -- 16.1. Interior Walls and Partitions -- 16.2. Ordinary Doors -- 16.3. Special-Purpose Doors -- 16.4. Floor-Ceiling and Roof-Ceiling Systems -- 16.5. Interior Finishes -- 16.6. Systems-Design Approach to Interior Systems -- 17. Building Systems -- 17.1. Mishaps and Corrective Measures -- 17.2. Design of a Building System -- 17.3. Case-Study One: McMaster Health Sciences Center -- 17.4. Case-Study Two: Xerox International Center for Training and Management Development -- 17.5. Case-Study Three: Suburban Office Building for AT & T -- 17.6. Case-Study Four: A Glass-Enclosed Office Tower -- 17.7. Case-Study Five: An Office Building on a Tight Site -- 17.8. Case-Study Six: Office Building for Prudential Insurance Company -- 17.9. Case-Study Seven: Rowes Wharf Harbor Redevelopment Project.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. New Directions in Building Design1.1. Change from Master Builders to Managers -- 1.2. Basic Traditional Building Procedure -- 1.3. Systems Design Approach to Building -- 1.4. Design by Building Team -- 2. Basic Building Elements and Their Representation -- 2.1. Main Parts of Buildings -- 2.2. Floors and Ceilings -- 2.3. Roofs -- 2.4. Exterior Walls and Openings -- 2.5. Partitions, Doors, and Interior-Wall Finishes -- 2.6. Structural Framing and Foundations -- 2.7. Plumbing -- 2.8. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Systems -- 2.9. Lighting -- 2.10. Acoustics -- 2.11. Electric Supply -- 2.12. Vertical-Circulation Elements -- 2.13. Why Drawings Are Necessary -- 2.14. Drawing Conventions -- 2.15. Types of Drawings -- 2.16. Specifications -- 2.17. Scales and Dimensions on Drawings -- 2.18. Elevation Views -- 2.19. Plan Views -- 2.20. Lines -- 2.21. Sections -- 2.22. Details -- 2.23. Survey and Plot Plans -- 3. Systems Design Method -- 3.1. Models -- 3.2. Value Measures for Comparisons 643.3. Comparisons of Systems -- 3.4. Return on Investment -- 3.5. Constraints Imposed by Building Codes -- 3.6. Zoning Codes -- 3.7. Other Constraining Regulations -- 3.8. Systems Design Steps -- 3.9. System Goals -- 3.10. System Objectives -- 3.11. System Constraints -- 3.12. Value Analysis -- 3.13. Optimum Design of Complex Systems -- 4. Application of Systems Design to Buildings -- 4.1. Considerations in Adaptation of Systems Design -- 4.2. Role of Owner -- 4.3. Conceptual Phase of Systems Design -- 4.4. Design Development Phase of Systems Design -- 5. Contract Documents and Construction Methods -- 5.1. Responsibilities Assigned by the Construction Contract -- 5.2. Components of the Contract Documents -- 5.3. Contract Drawings -- 5.4. Specifications -- 5.5. Bidding Requirements -- 5.6. Contractors Drawings -- 5.7. Construction and Occupancy Permits -- 5.8. Construction Procedures -- 6. Life Safety Concerns -- 6.1. Windstorms -- 6.2. Earthquakes -- 6.3. Fire -- 6.4. Fire Extinguishment -- 6.5. Emergency Egress -- 6.6. Fire Protection -- 6.7. Security -- 6.8. Barrier-Free Environments -- 6.9. Toxic Materials -- 6.10. Construction Safety -- 7. Building Sites and Foundations -- 7.1. Site Considerations -- 7.2. Site Surveys -- 7.3. Soil Considerations for Site and Foundation Design -- 7.4. Shallow Bearing Foundations -- 7.5. Deep Foundations -- 7.6. Lateral and Uplift Forces on Structures -- 7.7. Site Development Considerations 1917.8. Cofferdams and Foundation Walls -- 7.9. Bewatering of Excavations -- 7.10. Investigation and Testing -- 7.11. Systems-Design Approach to Site Adaptation -- 8. Structural Systems -- 8.1. Building Loads -- 8.2. Deformations of Structural Members -- 8.3. Unit Stresses and Strains -- 8.4. Idealization of Structural Materials -- 8.5. Structural Materials -- 8.6. Typical Major Constraints on Structural Systems -- 8.7. Tension Members -- 8.8. Columns -- 8.9. Trusses -- 8.10. Beams -- 8.11. Arches and Rigid Frames -- 8.12. Shells and Folded Plates -- 8.13. Cable-Supported Roofs -- 8.14. Pneumatic Structures -- 8.15. Horizontal Framing Systems -- 8.16. Vertical Structural Systems -- 8.17. Systems-Design Approach to Structural Systems -- 9. Plumbing -- 9.1. Water Supply -- 9.2. Wastewater Disposal -- 9.3. Basic Principles of Plumbing -- 9.4. Water-supply Systems -- 9.5. Sizing of Water-Supply Pipes -- 9.6. Wastewater-Removal Systems -- 9.7. Sizing of Wastewater and Vent Pipes -- 9.8. Piping for Heating Gas -- 9.9. Systems Design of Plumbing -- 10. Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning -- 10.1. Design Considerations -- 10.2. Measurement of Heat -- 10.3. Heat Flow and Human Comfort -- 10.4. Thermal Insulation -- 10.5. Prevention of Damage from Condensation -- 10.6. Ventilation -- 10.7. Heat Losses -- 10.8. Heat Gains -- 10.9. Methods of Heating Buildings -- 10.10. Methods of Cooling and Air Conditioning Buildings -- 10.11. Passive Design -- 10.12. Systems-Design Approach to HVAC -- 11. Lighting -- 11.1. Accident Prevention -- 11.2. Quantity of Light -- 11.3. Quality of Light -- 11.4. Color -- 11.5. Lighting Strategies -- 11.6. Daylight -- 11.7. Lighting Equipment -- 11.8. Systems-Design Approach to Lighting -- 12. Sound and Vibration Control -- 12.1. Nature of Sounds and Vibrations -- 12.2. Measurement of Sounds -- 12.3. Acoustic Properties of Materials -- 12.4. Sound and Vibration Design Criteria -- 12.5. Sound and Vibration Control -- 12.6. Systems-Design Approach to Sound and Vibration Control -- 13. Electrical Systems -- 13.1. Characteristics of Direct Current -- 13.2. Characteristics of Alternating Current -- 13.3. Electrical Loads -- 13.4. Electrical Conductors and Raceways -- 13.5. Power-Systems Apparatus -- 13.6. Electrical Distribution in Buildings -- 13.7. Communication Systems -- 13.8. Systems-Design Approach to Electrical Distribution -- 14. Vertical Circulation -- 14.1. Ramps -- 14.2. Stairs -- 14.3. Escalators -- 14.4. Elevators -- 14.5. Dumbwaiters -- 14.6. Pneumatic Tubes and Vertical Conveyors -- 14.7. Systems-Design Approach to Vertical Circulation -- 15. Systems for Enclosing Buildings -- 15.1. Roofs -- 15.2. Roofmg -- 15.3. Exterior Walls -- 15.4. Single-Enclosure Systems -- 15.5. Windows -- 15.6. Doors in Exterior Walls -- 15.7. Systems-Design Approach to Building Enclosure -- 16. Systems for Interior Construction -- 16.1. Interior Walls and Partitions -- 16.2. Ordinary Doors -- 16.3. Special-Purpose Doors -- 16.4. Floor-Ceiling and Roof-Ceiling Systems -- 16.5. Interior Finishes -- 16.6. Systems-Design Approach to Interior Systems -- 17. Building Systems -- 17.1. Mishaps and Corrective Measures -- 17.2. Design of a Building System -- 17.3. Case-Study One: McMaster Health Sciences Center -- 17.4. Case-Study Two: Xerox International Center for Training and Management Development -- 17.5. Case-Study Three: Suburban Office Building for AT & T -- 17.6. Case-Study Four: A Glass-Enclosed Office Tower -- 17.7. Case-Study Five: An Office Building on a Tight Site -- 17.8. Case-Study Six: Office Building for Prudential Insurance Company -- 17.9. Case-Study Seven: Rowes Wharf Harbor Redevelopment Project.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9781468457483
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education
    Abstract: to Part I: Theory -- 1 Literate Thought -- 2 A Schoolman’s “Doubtfulness”—Metaphors on Literacy and Cognition -- 3 Neural Substrate of Cognition and Literacy: Biology as Wish Fulfillment? -- 4 From Literacy to Cognitive Science -- 5 Cognition and Learning -- 6 A Framework for Developing Theories about Instructional Effectiveness -- to Part II: Research -- 7 The Practical Use of Artificial Intelligence in Automated Tutoring: Current Status and Impediments to Progress -- 8 Dual-Route, ACT*, and PDP Models of the Acquisition of Word Decoding Skills -- 9 Through a Looking Glass: Swedish Research on Reading Using the TEXTWINDOW System -- 10 Computer Speech in Reading Research, Instruction, and Remediation -- 11 Some Re-thinking of the Psycho-Educational Diagnostic Process from the Perspective of Developing a Computer-Guided Expert System -- to Part III: Application -- 12 Schooling, Literacy and Cognitive Development: A Study in Rural India -- 13 Scientific Literacy and the Twenty-First Century -- 14 Technological Literacy: Implications for Instruction -- 15 Cognition, Literacy, and Curriculum -- 16 Cognitive Education: A Longitudinal Examination -- On Literacy and Cognition: A Critical Summation -- Editors’ Addendum.
    Abstract: What does it me an to be literate? What does it mean to be a cognizing individual? What is the nature of cognizing? These are not new questions. They have been treated as "philosophical puzzles" to be pondered systema­ tically in the hope of some eventual solution. They have also been viewed as sets of "language games" with their own rules to enable the individual to understand the world. These age-old and significant issues gain renewed meaning with our advances in technology and neurosciences. Psychologists and educators would need to be aware of the explicit knowledge needed to prepare their students to be literate individuals. These were some of the questions that a small number of psychologists, educators, and computer scientists attempted to answer when they gathered for the Symposium Literacy and Cognition, which was held at the University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Canada from 29th to 31st October, 1987. The occasion also marked the sixtieth anniversary of the College of Education of the University, which had as its beginning the Normal School for the Province of Saskatchewan. We are grateful to the presenters for their presentations and their written papers, and also to our other colleagues from the United States and Sweden for their contributions to the multi­ faceted theme of literacy and cognition. There are many other people whom we would like to thank. These include: Dr. Sylvia Fedoruk, Chancellor of the University and Lieutenant­ Governor of Saskatchewan, for her opening remarks at the Symposium; Dr.
    Description / Table of Contents: to Part I: Theory1 Literate Thought -- 2 A Schoolman’s “Doubtfulness”-Metaphors on Literacy and Cognition -- 3 Neural Substrate of Cognition and Literacy: Biology as Wish Fulfillment? -- 4 From Literacy to Cognitive Science -- 5 Cognition and Learning -- 6 A Framework for Developing Theories about Instructional Effectiveness -- to Part II: Research -- 7 The Practical Use of Artificial Intelligence in Automated Tutoring: Current Status and Impediments to Progress -- 8 Dual-Route, ACT*, and PDP Models of the Acquisition of Word Decoding Skills -- 9 Through a Looking Glass: Swedish Research on Reading Using the TEXTWINDOW System -- 10 Computer Speech in Reading Research, Instruction, and Remediation -- 11 Some Re-thinking of the Psycho-Educational Diagnostic Process from the Perspective of Developing a Computer-Guided Expert System -- to Part III: Application -- 12 Schooling, Literacy and Cognitive Development: A Study in Rural India -- 13 Scientific Literacy and the Twenty-First Century -- 14 Technological Literacy: Implications for Instruction -- 15 Cognition, Literacy, and Curriculum -- 16 Cognitive Education: A Longitudinal Examination -- On Literacy and Cognition: A Critical Summation -- Editors’ Addendum.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    ISBN: 9789401174633
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Getting to Know Gems -- 1 Becoming Intimate with Gems -- 2 Factors of Importance—an Overview -- Two Diamonds -- 3 The Magic of Diamonds -- 4 The Importance of Cut and Proportion -- 5 Body Color -- 6 The Effect of Flaws -- 7 Weight -- 8 How to Spot a Fraud -- 9 Bait or Flamboyant Advertising -- 10 What to Ask When Buying a Diamond -- Three Colored Gemstones -- 11 The Mystery and Magic of Colored Gems -- 12 Determining Value in Colored Gems -- 13 Fraud and Misrepresentation in Colored Gems -- 14 Buying Colored Gems -- 15 Precious Gemstones -- 16 Other Colored Gems -- Four Important Advice Before you buy -- 17 How to Select a Reputable Jeweler -- 18 How to Select a Reputable Gemologist-Appraiser -- 19 A Word About Investment -- Sources for Additional Information -- A Selected List of Gem-Identification Laboratories -- National Jewelry Associations -- State Jewelers’ Associations -- Selected Readings.
    Abstract: to this edition In working with my own clients to acquire gemstones and jewelry since this book was first published in 1984, they have pointed out that most people buy "jewelry" and not "gemstones." Because the book offers so much practical advice and money-saving tips about buying jewelry, they urged me to change the title. So, in this edition The Complete Guide to Buying Gems has been changed to Jewelry & Gems: The Buying Guide. Consumer and professional response to the book has been very gratifying. Almost 14,000 hardcover copies are in circulation. We have received hundreds of letters, phone calls and in-person comments about the helpfulness and interesting information it provides. We thank you for encouraging us to make the book more widely available by bringing out this softcover edition. We have taken the opportunity of this softcover edition to update the price guides for diamonds and colored gemstones and, in light of the increase in both the popularity and price of pearls, to add a price guide for them in the "Guide to Popular Gems and Their Prices." Also, we want to take this opportunity to comment further on gem invest­ ment, taking into account major developments since the original manuscript was written in 1980.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Getting to Know Gems1 Becoming Intimate with Gems -- 2 Factors of Importance-an Overview -- Two Diamonds -- 3 The Magic of Diamonds -- 4 The Importance of Cut and Proportion -- 5 Body Color -- 6 The Effect of Flaws -- 7 Weight -- 8 How to Spot a Fraud -- 9 Bait or Flamboyant Advertising -- 10 What to Ask When Buying a Diamond -- Three Colored Gemstones -- 11 The Mystery and Magic of Colored Gems -- 12 Determining Value in Colored Gems -- 13 Fraud and Misrepresentation in Colored Gems -- 14 Buying Colored Gems -- 15 Precious Gemstones -- 16 Other Colored Gems -- Four Important Advice Before you buy -- 17 How to Select a Reputable Jeweler -- 18 How to Select a Reputable Gemologist-Appraiser -- 19 A Word About Investment -- Sources for Additional Information -- A Selected List of Gem-Identification Laboratories -- National Jewelry Associations -- State Jewelers’ Associations -- Selected Readings.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9789401160506
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I—Overview -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Interdisciplinary Approach -- II—Basic Technologies -- 3 Chemical and Physical Characteristics -- 4 Metallurgical Aspects -- 5 Rheology of Solder Pastes -- III—Methodologies and Applications -- 6 Application Techniques -- 7 Soldering Methodologies -- 8 Cleaning -- IV—Reliability, Quality Control, and Tests -- 9 Solder Joint Reliability and Inspection -- 10 Special Topics in Surface Mount Soldering Problems and Other Soldering-RelatedProblems -- 11 Quality Assurance and Tests -- V—Future Tasks and Emerging Trends -- 12 Future Developments -- VI—Appendix -- I. Federal Specification QQ-S-571E and Amendment 4 -- II. Ternary Phase Diagram: Pb-Ag-Sn, Sn-Pb-Bi -- III. Military Specification MIL-P-28809A: PrintedWiring Assemblies -- IV.Quantitative Determination of Rosin Residues onCleaned Electronics Assemblies.
    Abstract: One of the strongest trends in the design and manufacture of modern electronics packages and assemblies is the utilization of surface mount technology as a replacement for through-hole tech­ nology. The mounting of electronic devices and components onto the surface of a printed wiring board or other substrate offers many advantages over inserting the leads of devices or components into holes. From the engineering viewpoint, much higher lead counts with shorter wire and interconnection lengths can be accommo­ dated. This is critical in high performance modern electronics packaging. From the manufacturing viewpoint, the application of automated assembly and robotics is much more adaptable to high lead count surface mounted devices and components. Indeed, the insertion of high lead count parts into fine holes on a substrate might often be nearly impossible. Yet, in spite of these surface mounting advantages, the utilization of surface mount technology is often a problem, primarily due to soldering problems. The most practical soldering methods use solder pastes, whose intricacies are frequently not understood by most of those involved in the engineering and manufacture of electronics assemblies. This publication is the first book devoted exclusively to explanations of the broad combination of the chemical, metallurgical, and rheological principles that are critical to the successful use of solder pastes. The critical relation­ ships between these characteristics are clearly explained and pre­ sented. In this excellent presentation, Dr. Hwang highlights three impor­ tant areas of solder paste technology.
    Description / Table of Contents: I-Overview1 Introduction -- 2 Interdisciplinary Approach -- II-Basic Technologies -- 3 Chemical and Physical Characteristics -- 4 Metallurgical Aspects -- 5 Rheology of Solder Pastes -- III-Methodologies and Applications -- 6 Application Techniques -- 7 Soldering Methodologies -- 8 Cleaning -- IV-Reliability, Quality Control, and Tests -- 9 Solder Joint Reliability and Inspection -- 10 Special Topics in Surface Mount Soldering Problems and Other Soldering-RelatedProblems -- 11 Quality Assurance and Tests -- V-Future Tasks and Emerging Trends -- 12 Future Developments -- VI-Appendix -- I. Federal Specification QQ-S-571E and Amendment 4 -- II. Ternary Phase Diagram: Pb-Ag-Sn, Sn-Pb-Bi -- III. Military Specification MIL-P-28809A: PrintedWiring Assemblies -- IV.Quantitative Determination of Rosin Residues onCleaned Electronics Assemblies.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    ISBN: 9789401164054
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Retail trade. ; Computer science. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Overview of retailing: the future -- 2 Direct product profitability -- 3 Towards an integrated retail management information system -- 4 Planning profitable strategies -- 5 Simulating the retail environment for planning, assessment and training -- Problems Specifically of the Small and Medium Retailer -- 6 A decision support system for medium sized retailers using low cost local area networks -- 7 Technology for the small independent grocer -- Electronic Point of Sales -- 8 Retailing is communicating -- 9 Using point of sales -- 10 Technology for the independent retailer -- 11 Hand held systems in the retail industry -- Specialised Aspects of Retailing -- 12 Lessons for the future from out of the past -- 13 Design and implementation of forecasting and inventory control in the retail industry -- 14 Utilising private data networks to manage -- 15 Enhancing retail profitability using computer-aided design -- 16 Advertising tracking for retailers -- 17 Intreractive media — gimmick or real productivity tool? -- The Future — Land of Promise? -- 18 Making EFTPoS work -- 19 Smart cards in retailing -- 20 EFTPoS the consumer viewpoint.
    Abstract: Retailing today is one of the largest, most buoyant and most competitive market sectors. The large, medium and small retailers, providers of systems are the major players in this market. The exploitation of information technology and the use of quantitative corporate models are emerging as key factors in determining the strength and effectiveness of marketing plans and support logistics. Many major retailers have developed considerable in-house expertise in this area and many hard­ ware manufacturers and systems houses have created special divisions to provide turn-key installations, products and services in order to exploit these opportunities. However, in the research leading up to the seminar on which this book is based, a number of important gaps in retailer useage of systems were noted. While many retailers, including the large multiples, had very sophisticated electronic point of sales devices, the information that was available was not being used to plan effective marketing and selling strategies, nor yet to plan for growth. In the medium and smaller companies there was still concern whether electronic point of sales were cost effective for them or whether being without such aids put them at a grave disadvantage vis-a-vis their larger competitors.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Overview of retailing: the future2 Direct product profitability -- 3 Towards an integrated retail management information system -- 4 Planning profitable strategies -- 5 Simulating the retail environment for planning, assessment and training -- Problems Specifically of the Small and Medium Retailer -- 6 A decision support system for medium sized retailers using low cost local area networks -- 7 Technology for the small independent grocer -- Electronic Point of Sales -- 8 Retailing is communicating -- 9 Using point of sales -- 10 Technology for the independent retailer -- 11 Hand held systems in the retail industry -- Specialised Aspects of Retailing -- 12 Lessons for the future from out of the past -- 13 Design and implementation of forecasting and inventory control in the retail industry -- 14 Utilising private data networks to manage -- 15 Enhancing retail profitability using computer-aided design -- 16 Advertising tracking for retailers -- 17 Intreractive media - gimmick or real productivity tool? -- The Future - Land of Promise? -- 18 Making EFTPoS work -- 19 Smart cards in retailing -- 20 EFTPoS the consumer viewpoint.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401167710
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Agricultural Research Systems -- 1. National Agricultural Research Systems: Selected Case Histories -- 2. National Agricultural Research Systems: An Overview -- 3. Components of the National Agricultural Research Systems -- 4. International Agricultural Research Systems and Co-operation -- Two: Agricultural Research-Form and Content -- 5. The Conceptual Framework -- 6. Allocation of Resources for Agricultural Research -- 7. Planning the Research Programme -- 8. The Research Project -- Three: Human Resources in Agricultural Research -- 9. Formation of the Research Worker -- 10. Manpower Needs, Recruitment and Personnel Policy -- 11. The Research Organisation as a Social System -- Four: Organisational Structure at the Institutional Level -- 12. Structure of a National Agricultural Research Institute -- 13. Regionalisation of Agricultural Research -- Five: Administration in the Service of Research -- 14. Principles of Research Management -- 15. The Scientist as Research Administrator -- 16. Administrative Personnel and Service Units -- Six: The Transfer of Technology -- 17. National Extension Services. Selected Case Histories and Overview -- 18. The Role and Objectives of Agricultural Extension -- 19. The Structure of National Agricultural Extension Services -- 20. Human Resources in Extension -- 21. The Adoption of New Technology -- 22. The Agricultural Information System (AIS).
    Abstract: Agricultural research was probably the first and is the most widespread form of organised research in the world, and one in which both the most developed and underdeveloped countries are engaged. Whilst most forms of research activity, such as in the field of medicine, have world­ wide application, agricultural research, by its very nature, has to be regional; practically no research finding can be adopted without studying the results of its application under the infinite number of ecological situations with which the farmers of the world are faced. The improvement of agricultural production is the essential first step whereby developing countries can hope to raise their standard of living. Research is therefore an activity in which no underdeveloped country can afford not to engage; nor can countries in which agriculture has reached a high level of development and sophistication afford to neglect agricultural research. It is not because of inertia or vested interests that highly industrialised countries maintain, mostly at public expense, a costly and complex infrastructure for agricultural research. Even when problems of overproduction weigh heavily on the economy, agricultural research is considered the essential key to further progress: the objectives and goals are simply changed and adapted to the needs of the economy.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Agricultural Research Systems1. National Agricultural Research Systems: Selected Case Histories -- 2. National Agricultural Research Systems: An Overview -- 3. Components of the National Agricultural Research Systems -- 4. International Agricultural Research Systems and Co-operation -- Two: Agricultural Research-Form and Content -- 5. The Conceptual Framework -- 6. Allocation of Resources for Agricultural Research -- 7. Planning the Research Programme -- 8. The Research Project -- Three: Human Resources in Agricultural Research -- 9. Formation of the Research Worker -- 10. Manpower Needs, Recruitment and Personnel Policy -- 11. The Research Organisation as a Social System -- Four: Organisational Structure at the Institutional Level -- 12. Structure of a National Agricultural Research Institute -- 13. Regionalisation of Agricultural Research -- Five: Administration in the Service of Research -- 14. Principles of Research Management -- 15. The Scientist as Research Administrator -- 16. Administrative Personnel and Service Units -- Six: The Transfer of Technology -- 17. National Extension Services. Selected Case Histories and Overview -- 18. The Role and Objectives of Agricultural Extension -- 19. The Structure of National Agricultural Extension Services -- 20. Human Resources in Extension -- 21. The Adoption of New Technology -- 22. The Agricultural Information System (AIS).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461306979
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: 2
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Preliminary-purpose and scope of book -- 1.2 Historic development of ICP spectrometry -- 1.3 Background to quantitative ICP analysis -- 1.4 Range of determinable elements in geological materials -- 2 Analytical characteristics -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Simultaneous analysis -- 2.3 Sequential analysis ICP system -- 2.4 Detection limits -- 2.5 Calibration range of ICP—AES -- 2.6 Interferences -- 2.7 Precision and accuracy -- 2.8 Experimental considerations -- 2.9 The injection of organic liquids into an ICP -- 3 Instrumentation for ICP—AES -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Spectrometers -- 3.3 Plasma torches -- 3.4 Nebulizer systems -- 3.5 Radiofrequency generators and source -- 3.6 Electronics, computers and software -- 3.7 Fourier transform spectrometers -- 3.8 ICP-atomic fluorescence spectrometry -- 3.9 Direct current plasmas (DCP) -- 3.10 Microwave plasmas (MIP) -- 3.11 Choice of an ICP system -- 4 Silicate rock analysis -- 4.1 Dissolution methods for silicates -- 4.2 Instrument calibration -- 4.3 Major element determinations -- 4.3 Trace element analysis -- 4.4 Rare earth element determinations -- 5 Multielement applications of ICPS in applied geochemistry -- 5.1 The nature and evolution of applied geochemistry -- 5.2 General aspects of applied geochemical analysis -- 5.3 ICP instrumentation in relation to the requirements of applied geochemistry -- 5.4 Decomposition procedures in applied geochemical analysis -- 6 Gas phase sample injection -- 6.1 The development of gas phase injection methods -- 6.2 Methodology of the hydride injection system -- 6.3 Applications of the hydride injection system -- 7 Injection methods for solid samples -- 7.1 Introduction to solid sample injection methods -- 7.2 Sample injection following electrothermal vaporization -- 7.3 Direct sample injection from a graphite rod -- 7.4 Discrete sample injection by means of laser ablation -- 7.5 Nebulization of slurries -- 8 Water analysis by ICP—AES -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 General aspects of water analysis -- 8.3 Direct water analysis by ICP—AES -- 8.4 Water analysis with preconcentration -- 9 The analysis of environmental materials by ICP—AES -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Air analysis -- 9.3 Sewage sludge -- 9.4 Domestic dust, road dust and industrial dust -- 9.5 Domestic and industrial refuse -- 9.6 The analysis of animal and plant tissues -- 10 The analysis of archaeological materials by ICP—AES -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Archaeological materials -- 11 Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry -- 11.1 Instrumentation -- 11.2 Optimization -- 11.3 Interferences -- 11.4 Calibration strategies -- 11.5 Applications of ICP-MS with sample introduction by nebulization -- 11.6 Other modes of sample introduction -- 11.7 Future directions -- 12 Analysis of metals by ICP—AES -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Analysis of iron and steel -- 12.3 Analysis of other metals -- Appendix 1 Safety -- Appendix 2 Manufacturers of ICP systems and accessories -- References.
    Abstract: The first edition of our Handbook was written in 1983. In the preface to the first edition we noted the rapid development of inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometry and its considerable potential for elemental analysis. The intervening five years have seen a substantial growth in ICP applications; much has happened and this is an appropriate time to present a revised edition. The basic approach of the book remains the same. This is a handbook, addressed to the user of the technique who seeks direct, practical advice. A concise summary of the technique is attempted. Detailed, theoretical treatment of the background to the method is not covered. We have, however, thoroughly revised much of the text, and new chapters have been added. These reflect the changes and progress in recent years. We are grateful to Mr Stephen Walton, Dr Gwendy Hall and London and Scandinavian Metallurgical Co. Ltd for their contributions. Chapter 3 (Instrumentation) has been rewritten by Mr Walton, the new Chapter on ICP-mass spectrometry has been written by Dr Hall, and London and Scandinavian provided much of the information for the chapter on metals analysis by ICP-AES. These chapters have been integrated into the book, and a conscious effort has been made to retain the unity of style within the book. New material has been added elsewhere in the book, archaeological materials are considered, pre concentration methods and chemometrics covered more fully.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Preliminary-purpose and scope of book -- 1.2 Historic development of ICP spectrometry -- 1.3 Background to quantitative ICP analysis -- 1.4 Range of determinable elements in geological materials -- 2 Analytical characteristics -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Simultaneous analysis -- 2.3 Sequential analysis ICP system -- 2.4 Detection limits -- 2.5 Calibration range of ICP-AES -- 2.6 Interferences -- 2.7 Precision and accuracy -- 2.8 Experimental considerations -- 2.9 The injection of organic liquids into an ICP -- 3 Instrumentation for ICP-AES -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Spectrometers -- 3.3 Plasma torches -- 3.4 Nebulizer systems -- 3.5 Radiofrequency generators and source -- 3.6 Electronics, computers and software -- 3.7 Fourier transform spectrometers -- 3.8 ICP-atomic fluorescence spectrometry -- 3.9 Direct current plasmas (DCP) -- 3.10 Microwave plasmas (MIP) -- 3.11 Choice of an ICP system -- 4 Silicate rock analysis -- 4.1 Dissolution methods for silicates -- 4.2 Instrument calibration -- 4.3 Major element determinations -- 4.3 Trace element analysis -- 4.4 Rare earth element determinations -- 5 Multielement applications of ICPS in applied geochemistry -- 5.1 The nature and evolution of applied geochemistry -- 5.2 General aspects of applied geochemical analysis -- 5.3 ICP instrumentation in relation to the requirements of applied geochemistry -- 5.4 Decomposition procedures in applied geochemical analysis -- 6 Gas phase sample injection -- 6.1 The development of gas phase injection methods -- 6.2 Methodology of the hydride injection system -- 6.3 Applications of the hydride injection system -- 7 Injection methods for solid samples -- 7.1 Introduction to solid sample injection methods -- 7.2 Sample injection following electrothermal vaporization -- 7.3 Direct sample injection from a graphite rod -- 7.4 Discrete sample injection by means of laser ablation -- 7.5 Nebulization of slurries -- 8 Water analysis by ICP-AES -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 General aspects of water analysis -- 8.3 Direct water analysis by ICP-AES -- 8.4 Water analysis with preconcentration -- 9 The analysis of environmental materials by ICP-AES -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Air analysis -- 9.3 Sewage sludge -- 9.4 Domestic dust, road dust and industrial dust -- 9.5 Domestic and industrial refuse -- 9.6 The analysis of animal and plant tissues -- 10 The analysis of archaeological materials by ICP-AES -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Archaeological materials -- 11 Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry -- 11.1 Instrumentation -- 11.2 Optimization -- 11.3 Interferences -- 11.4 Calibration strategies -- 11.5 Applications of ICP-MS with sample introduction by nebulization -- 11.6 Other modes of sample introduction -- 11.7 Future directions -- 12 Analysis of metals by ICP-AES -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Analysis of iron and steel -- 12.3 Analysis of other metals -- Appendix 1 Safety -- Appendix 2 Manufacturers of ICP systems and accessories -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461308775
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Mechanical manometers -- 1.1 Liquid manometers -- 1.2 The McLeod gauge -- 1.3 The diaphragm manometer -- 1.4 Viscous or friction-type gauges -- References -- 2 Thermal conductivity gauges -- 2.1 Basic principles -- 2.2 Measurement of thermal conductivity -- 2.3 Sensitivity -- 2.4 End losses -- 2.5 Accommodation coefficient and relative sensitivity -- 2.6 Alternative methods of bridge control -- 2.7 Useful range of the constant-voltage bridge -- 2.8 The lower limit to the useful pressure range -- 2.9 The importance of bridge-voltage and temperature fluctuations at high pressure -- 2.10 Compensation for temperature and voltage fluctuations -- 2.11 Physical changes in the gauge wire (ageing effects) -- 2.12 Extension of working range to atmospheric pressure -- 2.13 Commercial gauges for laboratory and industrial use -- 2.14 The thermocouple gauge -- References -- 3 Thermionic cathode ionization gauges -- 3.1 Positive ion production in a gas -- 3.2 The principle of the thermionic cathode ionization gauge -- 3.3 The relative sensitivity for different gases -- 3.4 The measurement of low pressures -- 3.5 Extension of the range of the BA gauge to very low pressures -- 3.6 The precision to which measurements can be made with the hot cathode gauge -- 3.7 Gauges specially designed to operate at high pressure -- 3.8 Chemical and physical reactions in the hot cathode ionization gauge -- References -- 4 Cold-cathode ionization gauges -- 4.1 The development of cold-cathode (crossed-field) gauges -- 4.2 Commercial gauges for high- and ultra-high vacuum applications -- References -- 5 Gauge calibration -- 5.1 Basic considerations -- 5.2 Calibration against the transfer gauge -- 5.3 Comparison with absolute gauges -- 5.4 Series expansion techniques -- 5.5 Dynamic flow techniques -- 5.6 The measurement of gas throughput -- References -- 6 Gas analysis in vacuum systems: magnetic, crossed-field and time-of-flight analysers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The magnetic deflection mass spectrometer -- 6.3 The trochoidal (or cycloidal) mass spectrometer -- 6.4 The omegatron -- 6.5 Time-of-flight (TOF) mass spectrometer -- 6.6 Interpretation of mass spectra -- References -- 7 Gas analysis in vacuum systems: quadrupole mass analysers -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Principles of the quadrupole mass filter -- 7.3 Design of small residual gas analysers (RGAs) -- 7.4 The operating characteristics of the RGAs designed for general laboratory and industrial use -- 7.5 The use of electron multipliers for signal detection -- 7.6 Non-conventional methods of quadrupole operation -- 7.7 The monopole mass spectrometer -- 7.8 The three-dimensional quadrupole ion trap -- References.
    Abstract: This book deals with the underlying theory and practical aspects of pressure gauges that are at present in general use. Because of the ever-increasing demands to provide a wider range of sophisticated and reliable vacuum equipment a good understanding of these instruments is of vital importance to all workers in the research and industrial sectors. Of the gauges considered only the mechanical types are absolute, in the sense that they measure pressure directly as a force upon a liquid column or a solid surface. Under ideal conditions it is possible to calculate their sensitiv­ ities, which are the same for all gases and vapours. The recent developments in the viscous or molecular damping gauges indicate that these may also be considered absolute. Other gauges are indirect in that they involve the measurement of some secondary phenomenon which is pressure-dependent and therefore these gauges can only be used for measurement after calibration against an absolute standard. The radiometer or Knudsen type gauge has been excluded from the text since these are now only of historic interest. Also no mention is made of the integration techniques involving surface changes (such as work function) although these could have application under very special circumstances. The McLeod gauge is dealt with in some detail, for even though this gauge has few practical applications, it is the most sensitive absolute gauge available and has value as a reference standard.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Mechanical manometers1.1 Liquid manometers -- 1.2 The McLeod gauge -- 1.3 The diaphragm manometer -- 1.4 Viscous or friction-type gauges -- References -- 2 Thermal conductivity gauges -- 2.1 Basic principles -- 2.2 Measurement of thermal conductivity -- 2.3 Sensitivity -- 2.4 End losses -- 2.5 Accommodation coefficient and relative sensitivity -- 2.6 Alternative methods of bridge control -- 2.7 Useful range of the constant-voltage bridge -- 2.8 The lower limit to the useful pressure range -- 2.9 The importance of bridge-voltage and temperature fluctuations at high pressure -- 2.10 Compensation for temperature and voltage fluctuations -- 2.11 Physical changes in the gauge wire (ageing effects) -- 2.12 Extension of working range to atmospheric pressure -- 2.13 Commercial gauges for laboratory and industrial use -- 2.14 The thermocouple gauge -- References -- 3 Thermionic cathode ionization gauges -- 3.1 Positive ion production in a gas -- 3.2 The principle of the thermionic cathode ionization gauge -- 3.3 The relative sensitivity for different gases -- 3.4 The measurement of low pressures -- 3.5 Extension of the range of the BA gauge to very low pressures -- 3.6 The precision to which measurements can be made with the hot cathode gauge -- 3.7 Gauges specially designed to operate at high pressure -- 3.8 Chemical and physical reactions in the hot cathode ionization gauge -- References -- 4 Cold-cathode ionization gauges -- 4.1 The development of cold-cathode (crossed-field) gauges -- 4.2 Commercial gauges for high- and ultra-high vacuum applications -- References -- 5 Gauge calibration -- 5.1 Basic considerations -- 5.2 Calibration against the transfer gauge -- 5.3 Comparison with absolute gauges -- 5.4 Series expansion techniques -- 5.5 Dynamic flow techniques -- 5.6 The measurement of gas throughput -- References -- 6 Gas analysis in vacuum systems: magnetic, crossed-field and time-of-flight analysers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The magnetic deflection mass spectrometer -- 6.3 The trochoidal (or cycloidal) mass spectrometer -- 6.4 The omegatron -- 6.5 Time-of-flight (TOF) mass spectrometer -- 6.6 Interpretation of mass spectra -- References -- 7 Gas analysis in vacuum systems: quadrupole mass analysers -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Principles of the quadrupole mass filter -- 7.3 Design of small residual gas analysers (RGAs) -- 7.4 The operating characteristics of the RGAs designed for general laboratory and industrial use -- 7.5 The use of electron multipliers for signal detection -- 7.6 Non-conventional methods of quadrupole operation -- 7.7 The monopole mass spectrometer -- 7.8 The three-dimensional quadrupole ion trap -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400908253
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fourth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Development of Antimicrobial Agents, Past, Present and Future -- The social and economic importance of antimicrobial agents -- An outline of the historical development of antimicrobial agents and of chemotherapeutic theories -- Reasons for studying the biochemistry of antimicrobial compounds -- Development of biochemical knowledge of antimicrobial action -- Scope and layout of the present book -- 2 The Bacterial Cell Wall — A Vulnerable Shield -- Functions of the wall -- Wall structure -- Structure and biosynthesis of peptidoglycan -- Antibiotics that inhibit peptidoglycan biosynthesis -- 3 Antiseptics, Antibiotics and the Cell Membrane -- Microbe killers: antiseptics and disinfectants -- Polypeptide antibiotics -- Ionophoric antibiotics -- Polyene antibiotics -- An inhibitor of membrane phospholipid biosynthesis -- 4 Inhibitors of Nucleic Acid Synthesis -- Compounds affecting the biosynthesis of nucleotide precursors -- Inhibitors of nucleic acid synthesis at the polymerization level -- 5 Inhibitors of Protein Synthesis -- Ribosomes -- Stages in protein biosynthesis -- Puromycin -- Inhibitors of aminoacyl-tRNA formation -- Inhibitors of initiation-complex formation and tRNA—ribosome interaction -- Inhibitors of peptide bond formation and translocation -- Nucleic acid synthesis during inhibition of protein synthesis -- Effects of inhibitors of 70S ribosomes on eukaryotic cells -- 6 Antifungal, Antiprotozoal and Antiviral Agents -- Compounds used to treat protozoal diseases -- Compounds used to treat fungal diseases -- Compounds used to treat virus diseases -- 7 Penetrating the Defences: How Antimicrobial Agents Reach Their Targets -- Cellular permeability barriers to drug penetration -- Some examples of modes of penetration of antimicrobial agents -- The exploitation of transport systems in the design of new antimicrobial agents -- 8 Resistance to Antimicrobial Drugs -- The genetics of drug resistance -- Spread of drug resistance by gene transfer -- Biochemical mechanisms of drug resistance -- Bacterial tolerance -- Practical approaches to the control of drug resistance.
    Abstract: The rapid advances made in the study of the synthesis, structure and function of biological macromolecules in the last fifteen years have enabled scientists concerned with antimicrobial agents to achieve a considerable measure of understanding of how these substances inhibit cell growth and division. The use of antimicrobial agents as highly specific inhibitors has in turn substantially assisted the investigation of complex biochemical pro­ cesses. The literature in Ihis field is so extensive however, that we considered an attempt should be made to draw together in an introductory book the more significant studies of recent years. This book, which is in fact based on lec­ ture courses given by us to undergraduates at Liverpool and Manchester Universities, is therefore intended as an introduction 'to the biochemistry of antimicrobial action for advanced students in many disciplines. We hope that it may also be useful to established scientists who are new to this area of research. The book is concerned with a discussion of medically important antimicro­ bial compounds and also a number of agents that, although having no medical uses, have proved invaluable as research tools in biochemistry. Our aim has been to esent pr the available information in a simple and readable way, emphasizing the established facts rather than more controversial material. Whenever possible, however, we have indicated the gaps in the present knowledge of the subject where further information is required.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Development of Antimicrobial Agents, Past, Present and FutureThe social and economic importance of antimicrobial agents -- An outline of the historical development of antimicrobial agents and of chemotherapeutic theories -- Reasons for studying the biochemistry of antimicrobial compounds -- Development of biochemical knowledge of antimicrobial action -- Scope and layout of the present book -- 2 The Bacterial Cell Wall - A Vulnerable Shield -- Functions of the wall -- Wall structure -- Structure and biosynthesis of peptidoglycan -- Antibiotics that inhibit peptidoglycan biosynthesis -- 3 Antiseptics, Antibiotics and the Cell Membrane -- Microbe killers: antiseptics and disinfectants -- Polypeptide antibiotics -- Ionophoric antibiotics -- Polyene antibiotics -- An inhibitor of membrane phospholipid biosynthesis -- 4 Inhibitors of Nucleic Acid Synthesis -- Compounds affecting the biosynthesis of nucleotide precursors -- Inhibitors of nucleic acid synthesis at the polymerization level -- 5 Inhibitors of Protein Synthesis -- Ribosomes -- Stages in protein biosynthesis -- Puromycin -- Inhibitors of aminoacyl-tRNA formation -- Inhibitors of initiation-complex formation and tRNA-ribosome interaction -- Inhibitors of peptide bond formation and translocation -- Nucleic acid synthesis during inhibition of protein synthesis -- Effects of inhibitors of 70S ribosomes on eukaryotic cells -- 6 Antifungal, Antiprotozoal and Antiviral Agents -- Compounds used to treat protozoal diseases -- Compounds used to treat fungal diseases -- Compounds used to treat virus diseases -- 7 Penetrating the Defences: How Antimicrobial Agents Reach Their Targets -- Cellular permeability barriers to drug penetration -- Some examples of modes of penetration of antimicrobial agents -- The exploitation of transport systems in the design of new antimicrobial agents -- 8 Resistance to Antimicrobial Drugs -- The genetics of drug resistance -- Spread of drug resistance by gene transfer -- Biochemical mechanisms of drug resistance -- Bacterial tolerance -- Practical approaches to the control of drug resistance.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169851
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Elementary Electromagnetics and the Radar Range Equation -- Radio Waves -- A Simple Radar -- The Radar Range Equation -- Surveillance -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 2 Antennas -- A Parabolic Reflector -- The Antenna Pattern -- The Interferometer -- Finding Sidelobe Levels -- Array Radars -- Element Spacing -- Array Gain -- Array Thinning -- Array Design Considerations -- Exercises -- References -- 3 Detection and Tracking -- The Problem of Detection -- Noise Distributions -- Signal-to-Noise Ratio -- Designing Thresholds -- Some Detection Techniques -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 4 Radar Cross Section -- RCS of a Sphere -- RCSs of Simple Objects -- Polarization -- Chaff Characteristics -- Diffuse Targets and Clutter -- Radar Signatures -- Exercises -- References -- 5 Waveforms and Signal Processing -- Characteristics of the Simple Pulse -- Range Measurement -- Doppler Measurements -- Pulse Compression -- Time Sidelobes -- Pulse Burst Waveforms -- Ambiguity Functions -- Signal Processing -- Exercises -- References -- 6 Electronic Countermeasures (ECM) -- Mainbeam Jamming -- Sidelobe Jamming -- Low-Probability-of-Intercept Radar (LPIR) -- Other Jamming Techniques -- Passive ECM -- Exercises -- References -- 7 Systems Applications -- Over-the-Horizon Radars -- Radar Altimeters -- Ionospheric Radars -- Advanced Technology Radars -- Pulse-Doppler Radars -- Synthetic Aperture Radar -- Laser Radars -- Exercises -- References -- 8 Loose Ends of Radar Lore -- Radar Horizon -- Properties of the Medium -- Ionosphere -- Troposphere -- Far Field of an Antenna -- Convenient Radar Rules of Thumb -- Exercises -- References -- 9 Radar Potentials and Limitations -- Surveillance -- Navigation -- Signatures -- Science -- Summary -- Appendix 1 Conversion to Decibels -- Appendix 2 The Electromagnetic Spectrum -- Appendix 3 Fourier Series and Transforms -- Fourier Series -- Fourier Transforms -- Appendix 4 Answers to Exercises -- Appendix 5 Glossary.
    Abstract: What This Book Is This book is about radar. It will teach you the essentials of radar, the underlying principles. It is not like an engineering handbook which pro­ vides detailed design equations without explaining either derivation or rationale. It is not like a graduate school textbook which may be abstruse and esoteric to the point of incomprehensibility. And it is not like an anthology of popular magazine articles which may be gaudy but superfi­ cial. It is an attempt to distill the very complex, rich technology of radar into its fundamentals, tying them to the laws of nature on one end and to the most modern and complex systems on the other. Who It's For If your work requires you to supervise or meet as coequals with radar systems engineers or designers, this book will allow you to understand them, to question them intelligently and perhaps to provide them with a perspective (a dispassionate yet competent view) that they lack. If you are trained in another discipline but have been made the man­ ager of a radar project or a system program that has one or more radars as sub-systems, this book will provide you with the tools you need, not only to give your team members confidence, but also to make a substantive technical contribution yourself.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Elementary Electromagnetics and the Radar Range EquationRadio Waves -- A Simple Radar -- The Radar Range Equation -- Surveillance -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 2 Antennas -- A Parabolic Reflector -- The Antenna Pattern -- The Interferometer -- Finding Sidelobe Levels -- Array Radars -- Element Spacing -- Array Gain -- Array Thinning -- Array Design Considerations -- Exercises -- References -- 3 Detection and Tracking -- The Problem of Detection -- Noise Distributions -- Signal-to-Noise Ratio -- Designing Thresholds -- Some Detection Techniques -- Tracking -- Exercises -- References -- 4 Radar Cross Section -- RCS of a Sphere -- RCSs of Simple Objects -- Polarization -- Chaff Characteristics -- Diffuse Targets and Clutter -- Radar Signatures -- Exercises -- References -- 5 Waveforms and Signal Processing -- Characteristics of the Simple Pulse -- Range Measurement -- Doppler Measurements -- Pulse Compression -- Time Sidelobes -- Pulse Burst Waveforms -- Ambiguity Functions -- Signal Processing -- Exercises -- References -- 6 Electronic Countermeasures (ECM) -- Mainbeam Jamming -- Sidelobe Jamming -- Low-Probability-of-Intercept Radar (LPIR) -- Other Jamming Techniques -- Passive ECM -- Exercises -- References -- 7 Systems Applications -- Over-the-Horizon Radars -- Radar Altimeters -- Ionospheric Radars -- Advanced Technology Radars -- Pulse-Doppler Radars -- Synthetic Aperture Radar -- Laser Radars -- Exercises -- References -- 8 Loose Ends of Radar Lore -- Radar Horizon -- Properties of the Medium -- Ionosphere -- Troposphere -- Far Field of an Antenna -- Convenient Radar Rules of Thumb -- Exercises -- References -- 9 Radar Potentials and Limitations -- Surveillance -- Navigation -- Signatures -- Science -- Summary -- Appendix 1 Conversion to Decibels -- Appendix 2 The Electromagnetic Spectrum -- Appendix 3 Fourier Series and Transforms -- Fourier Series -- Fourier Transforms -- Appendix 4 Answers to Exercises -- Appendix 5 Glossary.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 9789400925632
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (296p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; International education . ; Comparative education.
    Abstract: 1. Twisted roots: The Western impact on Asian higher education -- One: The Non-Colonial Experience -- 2. China’s universities and Western academic models -- 3. Looking west and east: Thailand’s academic development -- 4. Independence and choice: Western impacts on Japanese higher education -- Two: The European Colonial Tradition -- 5. The Western impact on Philippine higher education -- 6. The origin of modern Indonesian higher education -- 7. Indian higher education: Colonialism and beyond -- 8. Change amidst continuity: University development in Malaysia -- 9. University education in Singapore: The making of a national university -- Three: The Japanese Colonial Impact -- 10. The emergence of the modern university in Korea -- 11. The development of higher education in Taiwan.
    Abstract: This book is an example of an international editorial enterprise. The two editors, located in the United States and Singapore, coordinated a team of authors in ten countries. Linked by common concerns, the lengthy process of preparing such a complex volume proved to be a pleasantly cooperative task - proof that there is a kind of invisible college of colleagues working on similar topics in different countries. This book is also an indication that scholars from the Third World and the industrialized nations can work together in a spirit of equality and understanding. This project has an interesting origin. It was first discussed at a conference on ASEAN - American higher education held in Malaysia in 1985, sponsored by the Regional Institute for Higher Education and Development, then headed by V. Selvaratnam and funded by the Asia Foundation and the Lee Foundation. At the time, geographical coverage was to be limited to the ASEAN nations. We also sought external funding, without success, to assist us in developing the project. Due to lack of funding, the project languished for a year. When one of our original participants, Andrew Gonzales of the Philippines, produced an essay, we decided to proceed without funding. We also decided to add several additional key Asian nations that we felt would provide additional analytic scope to the book. The result of this somewhat unusual collaborative effort is this volume.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Twisted roots: The Western impact on Asian higher educationOne: The Non-Colonial Experience -- 2. China’s universities and Western academic models -- 3. Looking west and east: Thailand’s academic development -- 4. Independence and choice: Western impacts on Japanese higher education -- Two: The European Colonial Tradition -- 5. The Western impact on Philippine higher education -- 6. The origin of modern Indonesian higher education -- 7. Indian higher education: Colonialism and beyond -- 8. Change amidst continuity: University development in Malaysia -- 9. University education in Singapore: The making of a national university -- Three: The Japanese Colonial Impact -- 10. The emergence of the modern university in Korea -- 11. The development of higher education in Taiwan.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401165327
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Introduction to Surface Mounting -- 1 Introduction to Surface Mounting -- 2 Implementing Surface Mount Technology -- Two Designing with Surface Mounting -- 3 Surface Mount Components -- 4 Substrates for Surface Mounting -- 5 Surface Mount Design Considerations -- 6 Surface Mount Land Pattern Design -- 7 Design for Manufacturability, Testing, and Repair -- Three Manufacturing with Surface Mounting -- 8 Adhesive and Its Application -- 9 Solder Paste and Its Application -- 10 Metallurgy of Soldering and Solderability -- 11 Component Placement -- 12 Soldering of Surface Mounted Components -- 13 Flux and Cleaning -- 14 Quality Control, Repair, and Testing -- Appendix A Surface Mount Standards -- Appendix B Detailed Questionnaire for Evaluating Pick-and-Place Equipment for Surface Mounting -- Appendix C Glossary.
    Abstract: Surface Mount Technology is not a technology of tommorrow but a technology of today. It provides a quantum jump in the packaging tech­ nology to produce state-of-the-art miniaturized electronic products. How­ ever, in order to take advantage of this technology, a complete infrastruc­ ture must be put in place. This requires considerable investment in human and capital resources. Intel corporation has made these investments to keep its customers for components and systems on the leading edge of technology. Based on the experience of putting this infrastructure in place for system products, this book is written for managers who need to manage the risk during its implementation, and the practicing engineers who need to improve the design and manufacturing processes for improved yield and cost reduction. To accomplish this task, I have not only culled the infor­ mation from published materials, but have also depended on input from both my colleagues in Intel and such outside organizations as the Institute of interconnecting and Packaging electronic Circuits (IPC) , the Electronics Industries Association (EIA), and the Surface Mount Council. But the underlying basis for this book has been my first-hand experience in im­ plementing this technology for Intel Systems Group and my experience at Boeing, my previous employer. In a fast-changing technology like SMT, it is very easy to have obsolete information even before the book is published. For this reason, I have concentrated on the basic principles and practice of the technology.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Introduction to Surface Mounting1 Introduction to Surface Mounting -- 2 Implementing Surface Mount Technology -- Two Designing with Surface Mounting -- 3 Surface Mount Components -- 4 Substrates for Surface Mounting -- 5 Surface Mount Design Considerations -- 6 Surface Mount Land Pattern Design -- 7 Design for Manufacturability, Testing, and Repair -- Three Manufacturing with Surface Mounting -- 8 Adhesive and Its Application -- 9 Solder Paste and Its Application -- 10 Metallurgy of Soldering and Solderability -- 11 Component Placement -- 12 Soldering of Surface Mounted Components -- 13 Flux and Cleaning -- 14 Quality Control, Repair, and Testing -- Appendix A Surface Mount Standards -- Appendix B Detailed Questionnaire for Evaluating Pick-and-Place Equipment for Surface Mounting -- Appendix C Glossary.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    ISBN: 9781468466324
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fourth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Development of the Tractor -- 2 Thermodynamic Principles of Internal-Combustion Engines -- 3 Internal-Combustion Engine Cycles -- 4 Fuels and Combustion -- 5 Engine Design -- 6 Electrical Systems -- 7 Engine Accessories -- 8 Lubrication -- 9 Human Factors in Tractor Design -- 10 Traction -- 11 Mechanics of the Tractor Chassis -- 12 Hydraulic Systems and Controls -- 13 Transmissions and Drive Trains -- 14 Tractor Tests and Performance -- Appendixes -- A Standards for Agricultural Tractors -- B Standard Graphical Symbols -- C Agricultural Tractor Tire Loadings, Torque Factors, and Inflation Pressures—SAE J709d -- D Conversion Factors.
    Abstract: At the time of the writing of the fourth edirion of this textbook, the agricultural economy in the United States and Canada was depressed. The prices paid to farmers for their grain crops were very low, and consequently most farmers in North America could not afford to buy a new tractor when needed; there­ fore, the sales of tractors and other farm machines were much below normal. The farmer who was the victim of the depressed economy was forced to "make do." Instead of purchasing a new tractor when the old one needed to be replaced, the farmer usually purchased a used or second-hand tractor or repaired the old one. In a strict sense, tractors usually do not wear out; instead, they become obsolete. The farmer who owns an obsolete tractor would prefer to replace it with one having more power, more speeds, more conveniences, a better hydraulic system, lower operating cost, or all of the above. But farmers in the United States, Canada, and other industrial nations will continue to want to purchase tractors that have all of the features, in­ cluding microprocessors, found on other vehicles.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Development of the Tractor2 Thermodynamic Principles of Internal-Combustion Engines -- 3 Internal-Combustion Engine Cycles -- 4 Fuels and Combustion -- 5 Engine Design -- 6 Electrical Systems -- 7 Engine Accessories -- 8 Lubrication -- 9 Human Factors in Tractor Design -- 10 Traction -- 11 Mechanics of the Tractor Chassis -- 12 Hydraulic Systems and Controls -- 13 Transmissions and Drive Trains -- 14 Tractor Tests and Performance -- Appendixes -- A Standards for Agricultural Tractors -- B Standard Graphical Symbols -- C Agricultural Tractor Tire Loadings, Torque Factors, and Inflation Pressures-SAE J709d -- D Conversion Factors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170352
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Optical Fiber Waveguides -- 1. Transmission Properties of Optical Fibers -- 2. Measurement and Characterization of Optical Fibers -- 3. Advanced Single-Mode Fiber Designs for Lightwave Systems Applications -- 4. Polarization-Maintaining Optical Fibers -- 5. Transmission Limitations in Fibers due to Nonlinear Optical Effects -- 2 Fiber-Joining Technology and Passive Optical Components -- 6. Optical Fiber Connectors, Splices, and Jointing Technology -- 7. Passive Components for Optical Coupling and WDM Applications -- 3 Semiconductor Laser Sources and Photodetectors -- 8. Basic Physics of Semiconductor Lasers -- 9. Fabrication and Characterization of Semiconductor Lasers -- 10. Transverse Mode Control in Semiconductor Lasers -- 11. Longitudinal Mode Control in Laser Diodes -- 12. Modulation Properties of Semiconductor Lasers -- 13. High-Power Semiconductor Lasers -- 14. Photodetectors for Long-Wavelength Lightwave Systems -- 4 Optical Transmitters and Receivers -- 15. Semiconductor Laser Transmitters -- 16. Optical Receivers -- 5 Applications of Optoelectronics in Lightwave Systems -- 17. Optical Communications: Single-Mode Optical Fiber Transmission Systems -- 18. Optical Fiber Communication Systems: Local Area Networks -- 19. Future Applications of Optical Fiber Networks -- 20. Free-Space Optical Communication Systems -- 21. Optical Fiber Sensor Technology -- 22. Optoelectronic Information Processing: Laser Bar Code and Laser Printer Systems -- 6 Future Optoelectronic Technology and Transmission Systems -- 23. Optoelectronic Integrated Circuits -- 24. Coherent Optical Fiber Communication Systems—The Promise for the Future -- 7 Impacts on the Information Society -- 25. The Impact of Optoelectronics Technology on the Information Society.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Optical Fiber Waveguides1. Transmission Properties of Optical Fibers -- 2. Measurement and Characterization of Optical Fibers -- 3. Advanced Single-Mode Fiber Designs for Lightwave Systems Applications -- 4. Polarization-Maintaining Optical Fibers -- 5. Transmission Limitations in Fibers due to Nonlinear Optical Effects -- 2 Fiber-Joining Technology and Passive Optical Components -- 6. Optical Fiber Connectors, Splices, and Jointing Technology -- 7. Passive Components for Optical Coupling and WDM Applications -- 3 Semiconductor Laser Sources and Photodetectors -- 8. Basic Physics of Semiconductor Lasers -- 9. Fabrication and Characterization of Semiconductor Lasers -- 10. Transverse Mode Control in Semiconductor Lasers -- 11. Longitudinal Mode Control in Laser Diodes -- 12. Modulation Properties of Semiconductor Lasers -- 13. High-Power Semiconductor Lasers -- 14. Photodetectors for Long-Wavelength Lightwave Systems -- 4 Optical Transmitters and Receivers -- 15. Semiconductor Laser Transmitters -- 16. Optical Receivers -- 5 Applications of Optoelectronics in Lightwave Systems -- 17. Optical Communications: Single-Mode Optical Fiber Transmission Systems -- 18. Optical Fiber Communication Systems: Local Area Networks -- 19. Future Applications of Optical Fiber Networks -- 20. Free-Space Optical Communication Systems -- 21. Optical Fiber Sensor Technology -- 22. Optoelectronic Information Processing: Laser Bar Code and Laser Printer Systems -- 6 Future Optoelectronic Technology and Transmission Systems -- 23. Optoelectronic Integrated Circuits -- 24. Coherent Optical Fiber Communication Systems-The Promise for the Future -- 7 Impacts on the Information Society -- 25. The Impact of Optoelectronics Technology on the Information Society.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170338
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Psychobiology. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Food: Its Psychological Meaning and Significance -- 1. The Role of Food and Eating in Personality and Social Development -- 2 Food Preferences -- 2. Long-term Food Preferences -- 3. Fluctuations in Food Preferences -- 4. The Relation Between Emotions and Food Preferences -- 5. Fads, Fashions, and Food Preferences -- 3 Food as a Complex Psychological Stimulus -- 6. Taste -- 7. Odor -- 8. Texture -- 9. Appearance -- 10. Color -- 4 Food Meanings and Associations -- 11. Food Meanings -- 12. Changing Food Likes and Dislikes -- 13. The Use of Food as Psychotherapy -- 14. Conclusion.
    Abstract: Writing this book has been a pleasure, but it has also been frustrating. It was a delight to see that the facts of food preferences, eating, and food behavior conform in many ways to the general principles of psychology. Matching these, however, was often like putting together a jigsaw puz­ zle-looking at a fact and trying to figure out which psychological theories or principles were relevant. This was made more difficult by conflicting principles in psychology and contradictory findings in psychological as well as food-preference research. The material cited is not meant to be exhaustive. Undoubtedly, I have been influenced by my own research interests and points of view. When conflicting data exist, I selected those that seemed to me most representa­ tive or relevant, and I have done so without consistently pointing out contrary findings. This applies also to the discussion of psychological prin­ ciples. Much psychological research is done in very restrictive conditions. Therefore, it has limited applicability beyond the confines of the context in which it was conducted. What holds true of novelty, complexity, and curiosity when two-dimensional line drawings are studied, for example, may not have much to do with novelty, complexity, and curiosity in rela­ tion to foods, which vary in many ways such as shape, color, taste, texture, and odor. Nevertheless, I have tried to suggest relationships between psy­ chological principles and food preferences.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Food: Its Psychological Meaning and Significance1. The Role of Food and Eating in Personality and Social Development -- 2 Food Preferences -- 2. Long-term Food Preferences -- 3. Fluctuations in Food Preferences -- 4. The Relation Between Emotions and Food Preferences -- 5. Fads, Fashions, and Food Preferences -- 3 Food as a Complex Psychological Stimulus -- 6. Taste -- 7. Odor -- 8. Texture -- 9. Appearance -- 10. Color -- 4 Food Meanings and Associations -- 11. Food Meanings -- 12. Changing Food Likes and Dislikes -- 13. The Use of Food as Psychotherapy -- 14. Conclusion.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461564706
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Perspectives -- 1. Principles of Fish Culture and Aquaculture Systems -- 2. Principles of Culture Systems Management -- 3. Approaches to People (Using Human Resources) -- 4. Marketing -- 5. Life Cycles and Production Strategies -- 6. Water and Health Management -- 7. Ethics -- Two: Quantitative Approaches -- 8. Production Economics -- 9. Records for Managerial Analyses -- 10. Production System Limits -- 11. Decision-Making Tools -- 12. Computer Assisted Decision Support Systems -- Appendixes -- Appendix I. Manager Attributes and Expectations -- Appendix II. Suggested Steps for Learning to Read People -- Appendix III. Examples of Enterprise Budgets, Cash Flow, and Credit Repayment Schedules -- Appendix IV. Life-Cycle Costing -- Appendix V. Sample Calculation to Determine the Number of Fish that Can be Reared in a Unit (Tank) That Receives 5 Gallons Per Minute (GPM) Water Flow -- Appendix VI. Sample Problems on Production Capacity Assessment (PCA).
    Abstract: Although some nations, such as Japan, have invested in aquaculture research and developed major aquaculture industries, the opportunities for similar devel­ opment in the United States remain largely unnoticed. In a typical recent year the United States, which claims 20% of the world's marine fisheries resources, imported seafood worth $4. 8 billion and exported $l. 3 billion. In addition to the $3. 5 billion deficit in food-fish, was another $2. 7 billion deficit for nonedible fishery products. Next to oil, fishery products constituted the second highest drain on the United States balance of payments and accounts for a significant portion of the foreign trade deficit. Furthermore, fish consumption has been increasing in North America. In response to the demand for fishery products, aquaculture managers not only have the opportunity to realize economic profit, but in doing so can make an important contribution to reducing the national debt, providing employment, and enhancing our diet. This book might be considered a farm management text for those in aquaculture. It is intended to provide an introduction to aquaculture principles and an introduction to management, including business and people management, microeconomics, and the concepts of efficiency and productivity. I hope it will bridge the gap between conservationists, the academic community, and commer­ cial culturists. Abundant references should enable the reader to quickly access literature on most topics germane to the management of culture systems.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Perspectives1. Principles of Fish Culture and Aquaculture Systems -- 2. Principles of Culture Systems Management -- 3. Approaches to People (Using Human Resources) -- 4. Marketing -- 5. Life Cycles and Production Strategies -- 6. Water and Health Management -- 7. Ethics -- Two: Quantitative Approaches -- 8. Production Economics -- 9. Records for Managerial Analyses -- 10. Production System Limits -- 11. Decision-Making Tools -- 12. Computer Assisted Decision Support Systems -- Appendixes -- Appendix I. Manager Attributes and Expectations -- Appendix II. Suggested Steps for Learning to Read People -- Appendix III. Examples of Enterprise Budgets, Cash Flow, and Credit Repayment Schedules -- Appendix IV. Life-Cycle Costing -- Appendix V. Sample Calculation to Determine the Number of Fish that Can be Reared in a Unit (Tank) That Receives 5 Gallons Per Minute (GPM) Water Flow -- Appendix VI. Sample Problems on Production Capacity Assessment (PCA).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    ISBN: 9781468489057
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (560 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Key Note Lecture 1 -- Key Note Lecture 2 -- Key Note Lecture 3 -- Machinery/Systems Health Monitoring -- Quality, Reliability, Health and Safety -- Plant and Process Health Monitoring -- Application of Expert Systems in COMADEM -- Information/Data Management -- Condition-based Maintenance Management -- Advances in Instrumentation and Control Technology -- Advances in Diagnostic Technology -- Energy Monitoring and Management -- Condition Monitoring of Offshore Structures and Installations -- Advances in Non-destructive Testing (NDT)/Non-destructive Evaluation (NDE) -- Novel Application of COM ADEM Techniques -- Continuing Education and Training in COMADEM -- Author Index.
    Abstract: RajB KNRao Conference Director, Birmingham Polytechnic Condition Monitoring and Diagnostic Engineering Management (COMADEM) is a relatively new field that has already made its mark in a wide range of industries. But all the signs are that even more will be required of researchers in the field over the next decade, for COMADEM directly addresses a whole range of issues that are likely to become increasingly important to companies as competitiveness increases along with the uncertainties resulting from rapid technological change. Already for example, businesses are having to scrutinize the economics of plant and machinery in greater detail than ever before; reliability is becoming a crucial factor as the costs of unscheduled breakdowns rise and there is increasing pressure on companies to demonstrate and assure improved health and safety conditions, especially in light of the growing number of catastrophic accidents that have occured throughout the world. Because it offers solutions to these and similar problems, COMADEM is now gaining an international reputation as a problem-solving, user-friendly and financially beneficial multi-discipline with immense potential. Many people at the senior management level are now convinced that COMADEM has much to offer and are wasting no time in reaping maximum benefit from the latest developments. The fact that the first UK informal seminar on COMADEM - COMADEM 88 - proved to be a great success and had a truly international flavour reflected this growing interest in the new field.
    Description / Table of Contents: Key Note Lecture 1Key Note Lecture 2 -- Key Note Lecture 3 -- Machinery/Systems Health Monitoring -- Quality, Reliability, Health and Safety -- Plant and Process Health Monitoring -- Application of Expert Systems in COMADEM -- Information/Data Management -- Condition-based Maintenance Management -- Advances in Instrumentation and Control Technology -- Advances in Diagnostic Technology -- Energy Monitoring and Management -- Condition Monitoring of Offshore Structures and Installations -- Advances in Non-destructive Testing (NDT)/Non-destructive Evaluation (NDE) -- Novel Application of COM ADEM Techniques -- Continuing Education and Training in COMADEM -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468465600
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Microcomputer Control -- 2 DC Circuits and Power Supplies -- 3 Operational Amplifiers -- 4 Transistors -- 5 Transducers -- 6 Actuators -- 7 Binary Numbers and Digital Electronics -- 8 Conversion Between Digital and Analog -- 9 Memories -- 10 Binary Arithmetic -- 11 Programming a Microprocessor -- 12 Assembly Language Programming -- 13 The Structure of an Elementary Microcomputer -- 14 Parallel Input/Output and Interrupts -- 15 Serial Input/Output and Modems -- 16 Dynamic Behavior of Systems -- 17 The Computer and Its Sampling Processes -- 18 Field Application of Microcomputer Controllers.
    Abstract: Microcomputers are having, and will have in the future, a significant impact on the technology of all fields of engineering. The applications of micro­ computers of various types that are now integrated into engineering include computers and programs for calculations, word processing, and graphics. The focus of this book is on still another objective-that of control. The forms of microcomputers used in control range from small boards dedicated to control a single device to microcomputers that oversee the operation of numerous smaller computers in a building complex or an industrial plant. The most­ dramatic growth in control applications recently has been in the microcom­ puters dedicated to control functions in automobiles, appliances, production machines, farm machines, and almost all devices where intelligent decisions are profitable. Both engineering schools and individual practicing engineers have re­ sponded in the past several years to the dramatic growth in microcomputer control applications in thermal and mechanical systems. Universities have established courses in computer control in such departments of engineering as mechanical, civil, agricultural, chemical and others. Instructors and students in these courses see a clear role in the field that complements that of the com­ puter specialist who usually has an electrical engineering or computer science background. The nonEE or nonCS person should first and foremost be com­ petent in the mechanical or thermal system being controlled. The objectives of extending familiarity into the computer controller are (1) to learn the char­ acteristics, limitations, and capabilit.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Microcomputer Control2 DC Circuits and Power Supplies -- 3 Operational Amplifiers -- 4 Transistors -- 5 Transducers -- 6 Actuators -- 7 Binary Numbers and Digital Electronics -- 8 Conversion Between Digital and Analog -- 9 Memories -- 10 Binary Arithmetic -- 11 Programming a Microprocessor -- 12 Assembly Language Programming -- 13 The Structure of an Elementary Microcomputer -- 14 Parallel Input/Output and Interrupts -- 15 Serial Input/Output and Modems -- 16 Dynamic Behavior of Systems -- 17 The Computer and Its Sampling Processes -- 18 Field Application of Microcomputer Controllers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468466058
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Designing for Building Construction -- 3 Computer Models -- II -- 4 Planning a CAD System -- 5 Implementing a System — Management Issues -- 6 Implementing a System — Hardware and Software -- III -- 7 Preliminary Project Design -- 8 Project Management -- 9 Components: Graphical Representation -- 10 Model Assembly and Drawings for Detailed Design of Projects -- 11 Non-graphical Design Information -- 12 Project Control and Quality Assurance -- 13 Construction, Space Planning and Building Management -- 14 Concluding Remarks and The Future -- References.
    Abstract: In the era of Information Technology, the computer is the machine-tool. Designers and planners are information workers and many have turned to CAD technology, hoping to find something that will ensure survival in the increasingly competitive business climate. The new problem relates not to any limitations of systems, but to the lack of knowledge on how to implement, manage and control the CAD technology. This book is aimed at design professionals, planners and managers. Although references and examples relate to building and construction work, most of the principles are unlikely to differ whatever the application. As a result, it should be useful in the fields of mechanical engineering and manufacturing industry too. Chapter 13 deals with applications in construction planning, space planning and facilities management. Emphasis throughout is on people, responsibilities, applications, organisation and procedures. The design process is highly interactive. Manual drawing, or use of a computer drafting system to mimic this, inevitably leads to inconsistencies within in the design information. Computer modelling of projects presents better opportunities and the many techniques range from 2-D modelling to solid modelling. A blend of 2-D and 3-D methods to suit the application is essential today. System planning itself requires a carefully managed feasibility study comprising preliminary and detailed phases. Objectives and requirements of the office must be set down. Then there is something to compare the available systems with. The chosen system must be capable of evolving to meet an ever-changing future.
    Description / Table of Contents: I1 Introduction -- 2 Designing for Building Construction -- 3 Computer Models -- II -- 4 Planning a CAD System -- 5 Implementing a System - Management Issues -- 6 Implementing a System - Hardware and Software -- III -- 7 Preliminary Project Design -- 8 Project Management -- 9 Components: Graphical Representation -- 10 Model Assembly and Drawings for Detailed Design of Projects -- 11 Non-graphical Design Information -- 12 Project Control and Quality Assurance -- 13 Construction, Space Planning and Building Management -- 14 Concluding Remarks and The Future -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401174749
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Specimen Preparation -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Initial Approach to Preparing the Specimen -- 1.3 Area of the Specimen -- 1.4 Surfaces -- 1.5 Sectioning (Sectional Slices) -- 1.6 Melt Pressings -- 1.7 Staining -- 1.8 Final Comments -- 2 Basic Light Microscopy and the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Synthetic Polymers as Specimens for Light Microscopy -- 2.3 Light versus Electron Microscopy of Polymers -- 2.4 Basic Light Microscopy -- 2.5 Applications for Common Light Microscopy -- 2.6 Phase Contrast Microscopy . -- 2.7 Applications for Phase Contrast Microscopy -- 2.8 Dark Ground Microscopy -- References -- 3 Polarized Light: Theory and Measurements -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Light and Its Interaction with Matter -- 3.3 Elliptically and Circularly Polarized Light -- 3.4 The Uniaxial Indicatrix -- 3.5 The Biaxial Indicatrix -- 3.6 Methods of Producing Polarized Light -- 3.7 Types of Birefringence -- 3.8 The Passage of Polarized Light through Thin Birefringent Plates -- 3.9 Polarization Colours -- 3.10 Relation between Orientation and Birefringence -- 3.11 The Polarizing Microscope -- 3.12 Measurement of Optical Path Difference -- 3.13 Compensators -- 3.14 Dispersion of Birefringence -- 3.15 Spectrophotometric Method -- 3.16 The Wedge Method -- 3.17 Use of the Abbé Refractometer -- References -- 4 Polarized Light: Qualitative Microscopy -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Spherulites -- 4.3 Theory of Spherulitic Crystallization -- 4.4 Different Types of Spherulite -- 4.5 Spherulitic Forms of Polypropylene -- 4.6 Effect of Processing on Spherulites -- 4.7 Small Angle Light Scattering -- 4.8 Molecular Orientation -- References -- 5 Modulation Contrast and Differential Interference Contrast Techniques -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General Principles -- 5.3 The Modulation Contrast System -- 5.4 Differential Interference Contrast -- 5.5 Adjusting the Contrast Systems -- 5.6 Comparison with the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 5.7 Reflected Light Work -- 5.8 Image Interpretation -- 5.9 Applications to Polymers -- References -- 6 Interference Microscopy of Polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Basic Principles of Quantitative Microinterferometry -- 6.3 Reflected Light Applications -- 6.4 Interpretation of Surface Interferograms -- 6.5 Some Reflected Light Systems Applicable to Polymers -- 6.6 Transmitted Light Interference Microscopy -- 6.7 Transmitted Light Systems -- 6.8 Compensators -- References -- 7 Ultraviolet and Fluorescence Microscopy -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Equipment and Techniques -- 7.3 Applications to Non-polymer Materials -- 7.4 Non-Microscopic Applications of Fluorescence from Polymers -- 7.5 Applications of UV Microscopy to Synthetic Polymers -- References.
    Abstract: Synthetic polymers make excellent specimens for light microscopy. Despite this, the use of the technique, at least in its advanced forms, is not so widespread as might be expected. Although reliable and relevant data are difficult to find and quantify, it seems that in other fields of materials science and technology there is a greater readiness to tum to the microscope in research, in industrial problem solving, or for quality assessment and control. It also seems that the reasons for the present situation are partly historical, partly the result of the structure of the plastics and rubber industries, and partly the education and training background of senior staff who tend to be chemistry or engineering based. In neither field does light microscopy feature strongly in the basic training. The primary aim of this book is to provide some insight into the range oflight microscopy techniques applicable to polymeric specimens, and to highlight typical applications to commercial polymers and polymer products. Where appropriate, the optical techniques involved are discussed in some detail. However, it has not been the intention to produce a light microscopy textbook dealing with the principles and design of the basic instrument. Many such texts are available, and selected examples are cited in the reference list at the end of most chapters.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Specimen Preparation1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Initial Approach to Preparing the Specimen -- 1.3 Area of the Specimen -- 1.4 Surfaces -- 1.5 Sectioning (Sectional Slices) -- 1.6 Melt Pressings -- 1.7 Staining -- 1.8 Final Comments -- 2 Basic Light Microscopy and the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Synthetic Polymers as Specimens for Light Microscopy -- 2.3 Light versus Electron Microscopy of Polymers -- 2.4 Basic Light Microscopy -- 2.5 Applications for Common Light Microscopy -- 2.6 Phase Contrast Microscopy . -- 2.7 Applications for Phase Contrast Microscopy -- 2.8 Dark Ground Microscopy -- References -- 3 Polarized Light: Theory and Measurements -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Light and Its Interaction with Matter -- 3.3 Elliptically and Circularly Polarized Light -- 3.4 The Uniaxial Indicatrix -- 3.5 The Biaxial Indicatrix -- 3.6 Methods of Producing Polarized Light -- 3.7 Types of Birefringence -- 3.8 The Passage of Polarized Light through Thin Birefringent Plates -- 3.9 Polarization Colours -- 3.10 Relation between Orientation and Birefringence -- 3.11 The Polarizing Microscope -- 3.12 Measurement of Optical Path Difference -- 3.13 Compensators -- 3.14 Dispersion of Birefringence -- 3.15 Spectrophotometric Method -- 3.16 The Wedge Method -- 3.17 Use of the Abbé Refractometer -- References -- 4 Polarized Light: Qualitative Microscopy -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Spherulites -- 4.3 Theory of Spherulitic Crystallization -- 4.4 Different Types of Spherulite -- 4.5 Spherulitic Forms of Polypropylene -- 4.6 Effect of Processing on Spherulites -- 4.7 Small Angle Light Scattering -- 4.8 Molecular Orientation -- References -- 5 Modulation Contrast and Differential Interference Contrast Techniques -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General Principles -- 5.3 The Modulation Contrast System -- 5.4 Differential Interference Contrast -- 5.5 Adjusting the Contrast Systems -- 5.6 Comparison with the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 5.7 Reflected Light Work -- 5.8 Image Interpretation -- 5.9 Applications to Polymers -- References -- 6 Interference Microscopy of Polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Basic Principles of Quantitative Microinterferometry -- 6.3 Reflected Light Applications -- 6.4 Interpretation of Surface Interferograms -- 6.5 Some Reflected Light Systems Applicable to Polymers -- 6.6 Transmitted Light Interference Microscopy -- 6.7 Transmitted Light Systems -- 6.8 Compensators -- References -- 7 Ultraviolet and Fluorescence Microscopy -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Equipment and Techniques -- 7.3 Applications to Non-polymer Materials -- 7.4 Non-Microscopic Applications of Fluorescence from Polymers -- 7.5 Applications of UV Microscopy to Synthetic Polymers -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179249
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Cocoa and Chocolate -- 1. History and Development -- 2. Cocoa Processes -- 3. Cocoa Butter and Replacement Fats -- 4. Emulsifiers in Chocolate Confectionery Coatings and Cocoa -- 5. Chocolate Manufacture -- 6. Confectionery Coatings, Chocolate Replacers, Dietetic Compounds -- 7. Chocolate Bars and Covered Confectionery -- 2: Confectionery: Ingredients and Processes -- 8. Sugars, Glucose Syrups, and Other Sweeteners -- 9. Confectionery Fats -- 10. Milk and Milk Products -- 11. Egg Albumen and Other Aerating Agents -- 12. Gelatinizing Agents, Gums, Glazes, Waxes -- 13. Starches, Soya Flour, Soya Protein -- 14. Fruits, Preserved Fruits, Jam, Dried Fruit -- 15. Nuts -- 16. Chemical and Allied Substances Used in the Confectionery Industry -- 17. Colors for Use in Confectionery -- 18. Flavor and Flavoring Materials -- 19. Confectionery Processes and Formulations -- 3: General Technology -- 20. Science and Technology of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 21. Pest Control -- 22. Packaging in the Confectionery Industry -- 23. Quality Control -- 24. Food Value of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 25. Research and Development in the Confectionery Industry -- Appendix I. Special Methods of Analysis -- Appendix II. Resources.
    Abstract: The second edition of this book achieved worldwide recognition within the chocolate and confectionery industry. I was pressed to prepare the third edition to include modern developments in machinery, production, and packaging. This has been a formidable task and has taken longer than anticipated. Students still require, in one book, descriptions of the fundamental principles of the industry as well as an insight into modern methods. Therefore, parts of the previous edition describing basic technology have been retained, with minor alterations where necessary. With over fifty years' experience in the industry and the past eighteen years working as an author, lecturer, and consultant, I have collected a great deal of useful information. Visits to trade exhibitions and to manufacturers of raw materials and machinery in many parts of the world have been very valuable. Much research and reading have been necessary to prepare for teaching and lecturing at various colleges, seminars, and manufacturing establishments. The third edition is still mainly concerned with science, technology, and production. It is not a book of formulations, which are readily available elsewhere. Formulations without knowledge of principles lead to many errors, and recipes are given only where examples are necessary. _ Analytical methods are described only when they are not available in textbooks, of which there are many on standard methods of food analysis. Acknowledgments I am still indebted to many of the persons mentioned under "Acknowledgments" in the second edition. I am especially grateful to the following.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: Cocoa and Chocolate1. History and Development -- 2. Cocoa Processes -- 3. Cocoa Butter and Replacement Fats -- 4. Emulsifiers in Chocolate Confectionery Coatings and Cocoa -- 5. Chocolate Manufacture -- 6. Confectionery Coatings, Chocolate Replacers, Dietetic Compounds -- 7. Chocolate Bars and Covered Confectionery -- 2: Confectionery: Ingredients and Processes -- 8. Sugars, Glucose Syrups, and Other Sweeteners -- 9. Confectionery Fats -- 10. Milk and Milk Products -- 11. Egg Albumen and Other Aerating Agents -- 12. Gelatinizing Agents, Gums, Glazes, Waxes -- 13. Starches, Soya Flour, Soya Protein -- 14. Fruits, Preserved Fruits, Jam, Dried Fruit -- 15. Nuts -- 16. Chemical and Allied Substances Used in the Confectionery Industry -- 17. Colors for Use in Confectionery -- 18. Flavor and Flavoring Materials -- 19. Confectionery Processes and Formulations -- 3: General Technology -- 20. Science and Technology of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 21. Pest Control -- 22. Packaging in the Confectionery Industry -- 23. Quality Control -- 24. Food Value of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 25. Research and Development in the Confectionery Industry -- Appendix I. Special Methods of Analysis -- Appendix II. Resources.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9789401197021
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Recent Trends in the Wool Industry and Some Long-Term Policy Issues -- Structure and Function of the Hair Follicle -- 2. Morphogenesis of the Hair Follicle during the Ontogeny of Human Skin -- 3. Specific Keratins and their Associated Proteins as Markers for Hair Follicle Differentiation -- 4. The Dermal Papilla and Maintenance of Hair Growth -- 5. Special Biochemical Features of the Hair Follicle -- Keratin Proteins -- 6. Intermediate Filaments: Problems and Perspectives -- 7. Intermediate Filament Associated Protein of Epidermis -- 8. Variations in the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 9. Protein Chains in Wool and Epidermal Keratin IF: Structural Features and Spatial Arrangement -- 10. Amino Acid Sequences of Wool Keratin IF Proteins -- 11. Structural Features of Keratin Intermediate Filaments -- Physiological Factors and Hair Growth -- 12. Factors Influencing Cellular Events in the Wool Follicle -- 13. The Influence of Absorbed Nutrients on Wool Growth -- 14. The Scope for Manipulation of Fermentative Digestion in the Rumen to Improve Ruminant Production -- 15. The Effect of the Drug Minoxidil on Hair Growth -- Aberrations of Hair Growth -- 16. Variations in Wool Follicle Morphology -- 17. Follicular Malfunctions and Resultant Effects on Wool Fibres -- 18. Effect of Mutations on the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 19. Genetic Diseases, Hair Structure and Elemental Content -- Keratin Genes -- 20. The Differential Expression of Keratin Genes in Human Epidermal Cells -- 21. Sequential Changes in Gene Expression during Epidermal Differentiation -- 22. Keratin Gene Expression in Wool Fibre Development -- 23. Evolutionary Trees of Intermediate Filament Proteins -- Growth and Differentiation -- 24. Growth Factors, Cell-Cell and Cell-Matrix Interactions in Skin during Follicle Development and Growth -- 25. The Reaction-Diffusion System as a Spatial Organizer during Initiation and Development of Hair Follicles and Formation of the Fibre -- 26. The Cultured Murine Epidermal Keratinocyte and Studies of Differentiation -- 27. Cross-Linked Envelopes: Keratinocyte Transglutaminase -- 28. Desmosomal Proteins and Cytokeratins in the Hair Follicle -- Prospects for the Future -- 29. Genetic Engineering of Rumen Bacteria -- 30. Engineering Ruminai Flora for Improved Protein Quality -- 31. Potential of Transgenic Plants for Improved Amino Acid Supply for Wool Growth -- 32. Isolation of Microbial Genes for Cysteine Synthesis and Prospects for their Use in Increasing Wool Growth -- 33. The Creation of Transgenic Sheep for Increased Wool Productivity -- 34. Efficient Creation of Transgenic Sheep: The Challenge for the Cell Biologist -- 35. Priorities for Production Research -- 36. Future Problems in Wool Structure and Textile Research.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Recent Trends in the Wool Industry and Some Long-Term Policy IssuesStructure and Function of the Hair Follicle -- 2. Morphogenesis of the Hair Follicle during the Ontogeny of Human Skin -- 3. Specific Keratins and their Associated Proteins as Markers for Hair Follicle Differentiation -- 4. The Dermal Papilla and Maintenance of Hair Growth -- 5. Special Biochemical Features of the Hair Follicle -- Keratin Proteins -- 6. Intermediate Filaments: Problems and Perspectives -- 7. Intermediate Filament Associated Protein of Epidermis -- 8. Variations in the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 9. Protein Chains in Wool and Epidermal Keratin IF: Structural Features and Spatial Arrangement -- 10. Amino Acid Sequences of Wool Keratin IF Proteins -- 11. Structural Features of Keratin Intermediate Filaments -- Physiological Factors and Hair Growth -- 12. Factors Influencing Cellular Events in the Wool Follicle -- 13. The Influence of Absorbed Nutrients on Wool Growth -- 14. The Scope for Manipulation of Fermentative Digestion in the Rumen to Improve Ruminant Production -- 15. The Effect of the Drug Minoxidil on Hair Growth -- Aberrations of Hair Growth -- 16. Variations in Wool Follicle Morphology -- 17. Follicular Malfunctions and Resultant Effects on Wool Fibres -- 18. Effect of Mutations on the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 19. Genetic Diseases, Hair Structure and Elemental Content -- Keratin Genes -- 20. The Differential Expression of Keratin Genes in Human Epidermal Cells -- 21. Sequential Changes in Gene Expression during Epidermal Differentiation -- 22. Keratin Gene Expression in Wool Fibre Development -- 23. Evolutionary Trees of Intermediate Filament Proteins -- Growth and Differentiation -- 24. Growth Factors, Cell-Cell and Cell-Matrix Interactions in Skin during Follicle Development and Growth -- 25. The Reaction-Diffusion System as a Spatial Organizer during Initiation and Development of Hair Follicles and Formation of the Fibre -- 26. The Cultured Murine Epidermal Keratinocyte and Studies of Differentiation -- 27. Cross-Linked Envelopes: Keratinocyte Transglutaminase -- 28. Desmosomal Proteins and Cytokeratins in the Hair Follicle -- Prospects for the Future -- 29. Genetic Engineering of Rumen Bacteria -- 30. Engineering Ruminai Flora for Improved Protein Quality -- 31. Potential of Transgenic Plants for Improved Amino Acid Supply for Wool Growth -- 32. Isolation of Microbial Genes for Cysteine Synthesis and Prospects for their Use in Increasing Wool Growth -- 33. The Creation of Transgenic Sheep for Increased Wool Productivity -- 34. Efficient Creation of Transgenic Sheep: The Challenge for the Cell Biologist -- 35. Priorities for Production Research -- 36. Future Problems in Wool Structure and Textile Research.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer
    ISBN: 9781475711776
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 366 p) , digital
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: A -- B -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X Y Z.
    Abstract: The first edition of this dictionary was written during the years preceding 1980. No fiber optics glossary had been published by any recognized stan­ dards body. No other dictionaries in fiber optics had been published. A significant list of fiber optics terms and definitions, NBS Handbook 140, Optical Waveguide Communications Glossary, was issued in 1982 by the National Bureau of Standards, now the National Institute of Standards and Technology. Since then several publications by standards bodies contained fiber optics terms and definitions. In 1984 the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers published IEEE Standard 812-1984, Definitions of Terms Relating to Fiber Optics. In 1986 the National Communication Sys­ tem published Federal Standard FED-STD-I037A, Glossary of Telecom­ munication Terms, containing about 100 fiber optics terms and definitions. In 1988 the Electronic Industries Association issued EIA-440A, Fiber Optic Terminology. All of these works were based on NBS Handbook 140 com­ piled 10 years earlier. Currently the International Electrotechnical Commission is preparing IEC Draft 731, Optical Communications, Terms and Definitions. Work in fiber optics terminology is being contemplated in the International Organization for Standardization and the International Telecommunications Union. None of these works constitutes a comprehensive coverage of the field of fiber optics. Each was prepared by professional people representing specific in­ terest groups. Each work was aimed at specific audiences: research activi­ ties, development activities, manufacturers, scientists, engineers, and so on. Their content is devoted primarily to fundamental scientific and technical principles and theory rather than state-of-the-art and advanced technology.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer
    ISBN: 9781468499964
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 426 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: VNR Structural Engineering Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Wood Structure and Properties -- 3. Production and Grading of Sawn Lumber -- 4. Loads and Allowable Stresses -- 5. Connections—Nails, Screws, and Bolts -- 6. Selecting Sawn-Timber Beams -- 7. Selecting Sawn-Timber Compression and Tension Members -- 8. Glued Laminated Members -- 9. Bolts, Timber Connectors, and Special Weldments -- 10. Timber Trusses -- 11. Plywood and Similar Wood Products -- 12. Diaphragm Action and Design -- 13. Built-Up and Composite Members -- 14. Formwork for Concrete -- 15. Miscellaneous Structure Types -- 16. Wood Durability, Protection, and Preservation -- Appendix A -- Appendix B -- Appendix C.
    Abstract: Why another textbook on the design of wood sets this book apart is its inclusion of "struc­ structures? In many years of teaching structural tural planning. " Most textbooks show only the design in wood, the authors have used virtually selection of member proportions or number of every textbook available, as well as using only connectors in a joint to satisfy a given, com­ a code and no textbook at all. The textbooks pletely defined situation. This book, on the used have included both the old and the rela­ other hand, shows the thinking process needed tively modem; some have been fairly good, but to determine whether or not the member is re­ in our opinion each has deficiencies. Some quired in the first place. Following this, the books have too few solved examples. Others spacing and continuity of the member are de­ omit important material or have an arrange­ cided, its loads are determined, and finally its ment making them difficult to use as formal shape and size are selected. teaching tools. By writing this book, we intend We believe that illustrating structural plan­ to correct such deficiencies. ning as well as detailed member and connec­ The prime purpose of this book is to serve as tion design is of considerable value in helping a classroom text for the engineering or archi­ the student make the transition from the often tecture student.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    ISBN: 9789401578295
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 312 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Evaluation in Education and Human Services 24
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; Educational tests and measurements
    Abstract: Introduction: Practical and Theoretical Framework -- I Conceptualizing and Planning an Evaluation -- 1 Constructing an Operational Evaluation Design -- 2 Conceptualizing Evaluation: The Key Evaluation Checklist -- 3 Journal Writing in Evaluation -- 4 Field Experiences in Evaluation Courses -- 5 Identifying the Evaluation and Its Usefulness -- 6 Evaluability Assessment -- 7 Evaluation Questions and Methods -- 8 Alternative Evaluation Data Collection Techniques -- 9 Establishing Evaluation Boundaries -- 10 Alternative Models for Evaluation -- 11 Planning a Discrepancy-Based Evaluation -- II Qualitative Methods in Evaluation -- 12 Naturalistic Interviewing -- 13 Critical Issues in Participant Observation -- 14 Naturalistic Data Collection: Case Study Discussion -- 15 “Trustworthiness” in Naturalistic Inquiry: Audit Trails -- 16 Qualitative Data Analysis and Interpretation -- 17 Writing and Interpreting Ethnographic Protocols -- 18 The Computer-Assisted Analysis of Qualitative Data -- 19 Understanding Content Analysis Through the Sunday Comics -- 20 Using Case Records -- III Needs Assessment -- 21 Collection Techniques for Needs Assessment -- 22 A Quick Look at the Nominal Group Technique -- 23 Developing Focus Group Questions for Needs Assessment -- IV Proposal Writing -- 24 Proposal Writing in Early Childhood Special Education -- 25 Responding to an Informal Request to Evaluate: Writing a Proposal -- V Personnel Evaluation -- 26 A Hands-On Experience in Clinical Supervision -- 27 Tensions and Accommodations Among Administrators and Teachers about Staff Appraisal -- VI Issues in Evaluation: Reporting, Utilization, and Ethics -- 28 Information Portrayal and Use -- 29 Ethics and Evaluation: Problems, Issues and Usefulness -- VII Policy Analysis -- 30 Policy/Goal Percentaging -- VIII The Evaluator’s Tools: Statistics, Measurement, and Computers -- 31 Statistical Software Expert System -- 32 Charting Student Progress -- 33 Activities for Teaching Regression to the Mean -- 34 Using Microcomputer Database Management Software to Solve Evaluation Data Management Problems.
    Abstract: In 1976, the first session on the teaching of evaluation was held at an annual meeting of evaluators. A few hardy souls gathered to exchange ideas on improving the teaching of evaluation. At subsequent annual meetings, these informal sessions attracted more and more participants, eager to talk about common teaching interests and to exchange reading lists, syllabuses, assignments, and paper topics. The ses­ sions were irreverent, innovative, lively, and unpredictable. Eventually the group for­ malized itself with the American Evaluation Association as the Topical Interest Group in the Teaching of Evaluation (TIG: TOE). As word of TIG: TOE's activities spread, instructors from all over the country clamored for assistance and advice. It became apparent that a handbook was need­ ed, a practical interdisciplinary guide to the teaching of evaluation. Donna M. Mertens, a long-standing member of TIG: TOE and an accomplished teacher of evaluation, volunteered to edit the book, and her skills, sensitivity, and experience in the craft of teaching are apparent throughout.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400925120
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (292p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Evaluation in Education and Human Services Series 27
    Series Statement: Evaluation in Education and Human Services 27
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; Educational tests and measurements
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Background for Teacher Education Program Evaluation -- 3 The Accreditation Plus Model -- 4 Selection and Evaluation of Knowledge Bases for Teacher Education Programs -- 5 Quality Controls in Teacher Education Programs -- 6 Testing for Admissions -- 7 Evaluating Field-Based Experiences in Teacher Education -- 8 Assessing Student Performance Outcomes in Teacher Education Programs -- 9 Assessment of Faculty in Teacher Education Programs -- 10 Use of Mail Surveys to Collect Information for Program Improvement -- 11 Follow-Up Evaluation of Teacher Education Programs -- 12 Evaluating the Structure of the Education Unit -- 13 Physical Facilities Evaluation in Teacher Education Programs -- 14 Evaluating Financial Resources for Teacher Education Programs -- 15 Evaluation of Library Resources for a Teacher Education Program -- 16 Models and Modeling for Teacher Education Evaluation -- 17 Implementation of Evaluation Results -- 18 Elements of Law as They Relate to Teacher Education Evaluation -- 19 We Can Get There from Here -- Author Index -- NCATE Standards Index.
    Abstract: J. T. Sandefur Western Kentucky University American's ability to compete in world markets is eroding. The productivity growth of our competitors outdistances our own. The capacity of our economy to provide a high standard of living for all our people is increasingly in doubt. As jobs requiring little skill are automated or go offshore and demand increases for the highly skilled, the pool of educated and skilled people grows smaller and the backwater of the unemployable rises. Large numbers of American children are in limbo--ignorant of the past and unprepared for the future. Many are dropping out--notjust out of school--but out of productive society. These are not my words. They are a direct quote from the Executive Summary of the Carnegie Forum Report on Education and the Economy entitled A Nation Prepared: Teachers for the 21st Century (p. 2, 1986). This report was motivated by four purposes: 1. To remind Americans, yet again, of the economic challenges pressing us on all sides; 2. To assert the primacy of education as the foundation of economic growth, equal opportunity and a shared national vision; 3. To reaffirm that the teaching profession is the best hope for establishing new standards of excellence as the hallmark of American education; and 4. To point out that a remarkable window of opportunity lies before us in the next decade to reform education, an opportunity that may not present itself again until well into the next century.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400925007
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (324p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Evaluation in Education and Human Services 23
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Economic policy
    Abstract: I Tests as Tools of Educational Policy: Theory, Attribution, and Belief -- Mandated Tests: Educational Reform or Quality Indicator? -- Student Achievement Tests as Tools of Educational Policy: Practices and Consequences -- Making Sense of School Testing -- The Irish Study Revisited -- II Tests in Educational Decision Making: Psychometric and Political Boundary Conditions -- Using Test Scores for Decision Making -- If Not Tests, Then What? Conference Remarks -- Advice to the Commission Conference Remarks -- III Language, Culture, Ethnicity, and Testing -- Aspects of Differential Performance by Minorities on Standardized Tests: Linguistic and Sociocultural Factors -- Ethnic Group Differences in the Armed Services Vocational Aptitude Battery (ASVAB) Performance of American Youth: Implications for Career Prospects -- Testing Bilingual Proficiency for Specialized Occupations: Issues and Implications -- Informal Assessment of Asian Americans: A Cultural and Linguistic Mismatch? -- Black and White Cultural Styles in Pluralistic Perspective.
    Abstract: Bernard R. Gifford In the United States, the standardized test has become one of the major sources of information for reducing uncertainty in the determination of individual merit and in the allocation of merit-based educational, training, and employment opportunities. Most major institutions of higher education require applicants to supplement their records of academic achievements with scores on standardized tests. Similarly, in the workplace, as a condition of employment or assignment to training programs, more and more employers are requiring prospective employees to sit for standardized tests. In short, with increasing frequency and intensity, individual members of the political economy are required to transmit to the opportunity marketplace scores on standardized examinations that purport to be objective measures of their abilities, talents, and potential. In many instances, these test scores are the only signals about their skills that job applicants are permitted to send to prospective employers. THE NATIONAL COMMISSION ON TESTING AND PUBLIC POLICY In view of the importance of these issues to our current national agenda, it was proposed that the Human Rights and Governance and the Education and Culture Programs of the Ford Foundation support the establishment of a ''blue ribbon" National Commission on Testing and Public Policy to investigate some of the major problems, as well as the untapped opportunities, created by recent trends in the use of standardized tests, particularly in the workplace and in schools.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    ISBN: 9789400925021
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (326p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Evaluation in Education and Human Services 22
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Economic policy
    Abstract: I Grounding Testing Policy: Three Perspectives -- The Allocation of Opportunities and the Politics of Testing: A Policy Analytic Perspective -- The Mandarin Mentality: Civil Service and University Admissions Testing in Europe and Asia -- Testing Companies, Trends, and Policy Issues: A Current View from the Testing Industry -- II Testing and the Law: Title VII and the Federal Guidelines -- Employment Testing and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 -- Non-Discriminatory Use of Personnel Tests Conference Remarks -- The Uniform Guidelines and Subjective Selection Criteria and Procedures Conference Remarks -- III Testing and the Law: The Role of the Courts -- Testing, Public Policy, and the Courts -- Testing in Elementary and Secondary Schools: Can Misuse Be Avoided? -- IV Testing in the Workplace: Theoretical and Practical Perspectives -- Economic Models of Discrimination, Testing, and Public Policy -- Ability Testing for Job Selection: Are the Economic Claims Justified? -- Examples of Testing Programs in the Insurance Industry and a Discussion of Employment Testing Policy Issues -- Test Scores and Evaluation: The Military as Data -- Los Angeles Testing Policies Conference Remarks.
    Abstract: Bernard R. Gifford In the United States, the standardized test has become one of the major sources of information for reducing uncertainty in the determination of individual merit and in the allocation of merit-based educational, training, and employment opportunities. Most major institutions of higher education require applicants to supplement their records of academic achievements with scores on standardized tests. Similarly, in the workplace, as a condition of employment or assignment to training programs, more and more employers are requiring prospective employees to sit for standardized tests. In short, with increasing frequency and intensity, individual members of the political economy are required to transmit to the opportunity marketplace scores on standardized examinations that purport to be objective measures of their and potential. In many instances, these test scores are the abilities, talents, only signals about their skills that job applicants are permitted to send to prospective employers. THE NATIONAL COMMISSION ON TESTING AND PUBLIC POLICY In view of the importance of these issues to our current national agenda, it was proposed that the Human Rights and Governance and the Education and Culture Programs of the Ford Foundation support the establishment of a ''blue ribbon" National Commission on Testing and Public Policy to investigate some of the major problems as well as the untapped opportunities created by recent trends in the use of standardized tests, particularly in the workplace and in schools.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170505
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 436 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Control engineering. ; Robotics. ; Automation. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I: An Overview of Robotics -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Types of Robots -- II: Robotic Technology -- 3. Introduction to Robot Mechanics -- 4. Robot Electronic Design -- 5. Robotic Sensors -- 6. Vision Systems -- 7. Ultrasonic Systems -- 8. Mobile Robots -- III: Computer Hardware and Software -- 9. Computers for Robots -- 10. Robot Languages -- 11. Robot Intelligence -- IV: Robotic Applications -- 12. Robot Standards -- 13. Applications Engineering -- 14. Application-Oriented Requirements -- V: Future Considerations -- 15. Trends in Robotic Systems -- 16. New Technology -- 17. New Application Areas -- Appendix 1: Robotic Systems Manufacturers -- Appendix 2: Major University Robotics Laboratories -- Appendix 3: International Robotics Organizations.
    Abstract: Robotics engineering has progressed from an infant industry in 1961 to one including over 500 robot and allied firms around the world in 1989. During this growth period, many robotics books have been published, so me of which have served as industry standards. Until recently, the design of robotics sys­ tems has been primarily the responsibility of the mechanical engineer, and their application in factories has been the responsibility of the manufacturing engineer. Few robotics books address the many systems issues facing electron­ ics engineers or computer programmers. The mid-1980s witnessed a major change in the robotics field. The develop­ ment of advanced sensor systems (particularly vision), improvements in the intelligence area, and the desire to integrate groups of robots working together in local work cells or in factory-wide systems have greatly increased the partic­ ipation of electronics engineers and computer programmers. Further, as ro­ bots ga in mobility, they are being used in completely new areas, such as construction, firefighting, and underwater exploration, and the need for com­ puters and smart sensors has increased. Fundamentals af Rabaties Engineering is aimed at the practicing electrical engineer or computer analyst who needs to review the fundamentals of engi­ neering as applied to robotics and to understand the impact on system design caused by constraints unique to robotics. Because there are many good texts covering mechanical engineering topics, this book is limited to an overview of those topics and the effects they have on electrical design and system pro­ grams.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468414721
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Security systems. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One — Overview -- 1 Taguchi’s Quality Philosophy: Analysis and Commentary -- 2 Macro-Quality with Micro-Money -- 3 Quality Engineering using Design of Experiments -- 4 Off-Line Quality Control, Parameter Design, and the Taguchi Method -- 5 Quality Engineering through Design Optimization -- Two — Case Studies -- 6 Off-Line Quality Control in Integrated circuit Fabrication using Experimental Design -- 7 Optimizing the Wave Soldering Process -- 8 Robust Design: A Cost-Effective Method for Improving Manufacturing Processes -- 9 Tuning Computer Systems for Maximum Performance: A Statistical Approach -- 10 Design Optimization Case Studies -- Three — Methodology -- 11 Testing in Industrial Experiments with Ordered Categorical Data -- 12 Performance Measures Independent of Adjustment: An Explanation and Extension of Taguchi’s Signal-To-Noise Ratios -- 13 A Geometric Interpretation of Taguchfs Signal to Noise Ratio -- 14 A Data Analysis Strategy for Quality Engineering Experiments.
    Abstract: In 1980, I received a grant from Aoyama-gakuin university to come to the United States to assist American Industry improve the quality of their products. In a small way this was to repay the help the US had given Japan after the war. In the summer of 1980, I visited the AT&T Bell Laboratories Quality Assurance Center, the organization that founded modern quality control. The result of my first summer at AT&T was an experiment with an orthogonal array design of size 18 (OA18) for optimization of an LSI fabrication process. As a measure of quality, the quantity "signal-ta-noise" ratio was to be optimized. Since then, this experi­ mental approach has been named "robust design" and has attracted the attention of both engineers and statisticians. My colleagues at Bell Laboratories have written several expository articles and a few theoretical papers on robust design from the viewpoint of statistics. Because so many people have asked for copies of these papers, it has been decided to publish them in a book form. This anthology is the result of these efforts. Despite the fact that quality engineering borrows some technical words from traditional design of experiments, the goals of quality engineering are different from those of statistics. For example, suppose there are two vendors. One vendor supplies products whose quality characteristic has a normal distribution with the mean on target (the desired value) and a certain standard deviation.
    Description / Table of Contents: One - Overview1 Taguchi’s Quality Philosophy: Analysis and Commentary -- 2 Macro-Quality with Micro-Money -- 3 Quality Engineering using Design of Experiments -- 4 Off-Line Quality Control, Parameter Design, and the Taguchi Method -- 5 Quality Engineering through Design Optimization -- Two - Case Studies -- 6 Off-Line Quality Control in Integrated circuit Fabrication using Experimental Design -- 7 Optimizing the Wave Soldering Process -- 8 Robust Design: A Cost-Effective Method for Improving Manufacturing Processes -- 9 Tuning Computer Systems for Maximum Performance: A Statistical Approach -- 10 Design Optimization Case Studies -- Three - Methodology -- 11 Testing in Industrial Experiments with Ordered Categorical Data -- 12 Performance Measures Independent of Adjustment: An Explanation and Extension of Taguchi’s Signal-To-Noise Ratios -- 13 A Geometric Interpretation of Taguchfs Signal to Noise Ratio -- 14 A Data Analysis Strategy for Quality Engineering Experiments.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    ISBN: 9781468465662
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Competitive Manufacturing Series
    Series Statement: Competitve Manufacturing Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Materials Management Concept and Organization -- 1. Introduction to Total Materials Management -- 2. Organization of Total Materials Management -- 2. Planning and Control of Materials Management -- 3. Materials Management Planning -- 4. The Integration of Inventory Control in Materials Management -- 5. Roles of Production Control in Materials Management -- 6. The Impact of Material Requirements Planning and Distribution Requirements Planning on Materials Management -- 3. Procurement, Materials Flow, and Distribution -- 7. Purchasing -- 8. Receiving and Stores -- 9. Materials Handling -- 10. Physical Distribution -- 4. Implementation and Control of Materials Management -- 11. System Design and Computer Application for Materials Management -- 12. Pitfalls, Problems, and Operation of a Total Materials Management Program -- 13. Control of Materials Management Functions -- 14. Financial Considerations Related to Materials Management.
    Abstract: Materials management has become an important activity in both manu­ facturing and service organizations. Rapid changes in the industrial envi­ ronment, such as the introduction of automation and Just-In-Time, and demands for increased productivity and quality have increased the need for alI personnel to be concerned with total control of materials. Clearly this trend will continue, and materials management wilI play an increasingly vital role in organizational success, especialIy for operations that are be­ coming automated. Materials management will be more critical in many service organizations where the materials group has received little attention in the past. This book covers the basic materials management function and provides valuable insights into various other major functions related to it. We believe that each of these-manufacturing, marketing, finance, quaIity assurance, and engineering-is vitalIy involved in materiaIs management, and any coverage of the subject that excludes these functions offers too narrow a perspective. With increasing demand for materials managers, human resource re­ quirements will be satisfied by individuals trained within the discipline and by personnel who have worked in other fields. The dimensions of materials management have grown so rapidly that many practicing managers are not aware that they are fulfilling material management functions. It is impor­ tant that alI individuals have the basic knowledge required to perforrn their roles in these organizations.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400911130
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Elsevier Applied Food Science Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. A Proposal for Correct Nomenclature of the Domesticated Species of the Genus Saccharomyces -- 2. Microorganisms of Wine -- 3. Genetic Manipulation of Brewing and Wine Yeast -- 4. Killer Yeasts: Notes on Properties and Technical Use of the Character -- 5. The Effects of Carbon Dioxide on Yeasts -- 6. Microbial Spoilage of Canned Fruit Juices -- 7. Recent and Future Developments of Fermentation Technology and Fermenter Design in Brewing -- 8. Fermenter Design for Alcoholic Beverage Production -- 9. Optimal Fermenter Design for White Wine Production -- 10. Factors Affecting the Behaviour of Yeast in Wine Fermentation -- 11. On the Utilisation of Entrapped Microorganisms in the Industry of Fermented Beverages -- 12. Preparation of Yeast for Industrial Use in Production of Beverages -- 13. Enzymes in the Fruit Juice Industry -- 14. Enzymatic Processing of Musts and Wines.
    Abstract: Beverage production is among the oldest, though quantitatively most significant, applications of biotechnology methods, based on the use of microorganisms and enzymes. Manufacturing processes employed in beverage production, origi­ nally typically empirical, have become a sector of growing economic importance in the food industry. Pasteur's work represented the starting point for technological evolution in this field, and over the last hundred years progress in scientifically based research has been intense. This scientific and technological evolution is the direct result of the encounter between various disciplines (chemistry, biology, engineering, etc.). Beverage production now exploits all the various features of first and second-generation biotechnology: screening and selective im­ provement of microorganisms; their mutations; their use in genetic engineering methods; fermentation control; control of enzymatic processes, including industrial plants; use of soluble enzymes and immobilized enzyme reactors; development of waste treatment proc­ esses and so on. Research developments involving the use of biotechnology for the purpose of improving yields, solving quality-related problems and stimulating innovation are of particular and growing interest as far as production is concerned. Indeed, quality is the final result of the regulation of microbiological and enzymatic processes, and innovation is a consequence of improved knowledge of useful fermentations and the availability of new ingredients. The Council of Europe's sponsorship of the work which led to the contributions to this volume is clear evidence of the growing need for adequate information about scientific and technological progress.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461308515
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 179 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Polymers -- 1. Electrically Conductive Polymers -- 2. Lonically Conductive Polymers -- II Plastics -- 3. Metallic Plating and Coating on Plastics -- 4. Conductive Plastics.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    ISBN: 9789401174770
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 398 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Implants in Medicine and Dentistry -- The importance of bending stresses in the leaflets of pericardial heart valve substitutes -- The tearing strength of chemically modified pericardium -- Prosthetic anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction Biomechanical and functional performance -- A comparative analysis of four types of prosthetic anterior cruciate ligament replacement in the goat -- Biomaterials in Otology. Experimental aspects and general clinical implications -- Changes in the material properties and function of pericardial bioprosthetic heart valves in vivo -- Hydrodynamic characteristics of tapered arterial prostheses -- The history of implants in oral surgery -- Osseointegrated implants in the mandible using Nobelpharma Implant System. -- 2 Implant Interaction with Tissue -- Biodegradation and phagocyte/polymer interaction -- Biodegradation-dependent trace element accumulation: A study of calcium phosphate ceramics and polymers -- The interaction between connective tissues and implant materials -- Computer-assisted image analysis in tissue-material interactions -- Titanium implant surfaces -- 3 Tissue/Bone Examination -- Choosing a signal for vibration analysis of fracture healing -- Collagen fibre orientation in bone -- Skeletal strain and the maintenance of bone mass -- Continuous mineral matrices in bone and dentine -- 4 Materials Examination -- Scanning electron microscope appearance of the enamel/composite/bracket boundaries in orthodontic bonding -- Titanium alloys for biomedical applications. -- Experimental mastoid obliteration with hydroxyapatite tricalcium phosphate (Zimmer/Xomed) and fibrin glue (Immuno-Austria) -- Role of design and material on stress distributions of cemented hip prostheses -- The fracture toughness of dental restorative materials -- The etching of biological material in vacuum. Paper I & II -- The Direct Deposition of Carbon, Suitable for Surgical Implants -- 5 Finite Elements in Medicine & Dentistry -- Numerical Modelling — Basis & Applications -- Finite element analysis of the elbow after joint replacement -- The use of finite element stress analysis in the assessment of tooth movement -- A finite element analysis of the natural frequencies of vibration of the human tympanic membrane. Part II -- Mathematical modelling in medicine -- Stresses along the composite resin-dentine interface analysed by the finite element method -- Improvement of mechanical strength of ceramic head for hip prosthesis by means of fitting geometry modifications: A finite element analysis -- 6 Materials Development -- Rubber reinforced polymers for bone cement — morphology and mechanical properties -- Dental application of novel morphology polymers -- Nitrided ferritic steels -- Alumina vs zirconium oxide: a comparative wear test -- 3-D porous alumina-bioglass composite coating (Poral R) for cementless ceramic hip prosthetic cup -- 7 Materials Standards and Safety -- Safety aspects of surgically-implantable devices -- The changing role of industry for implant technology -- Standards in Dentistry and Medicine -- Appendix Abstracts of Contributed Presentations -- Stress analysis using thermal emission -- The application of surface texture measurement for studying the failure of bone implants and dental fillings -- Corrosion resistance of titanium -- Fatigue testing of hip prostheses -- Conformation of adsorbed proteins and enzymes: Chymotrypsin at the polystyrene/water interface -- Interfacial shear strength and penetration of PMMA cement into bone -- History of orthopaedic implants.
    Abstract: The thirty nine papers accepted for pub1 ication in the First International Conference on 'Interfaces in Medicine & Meehani cs' at Swansea in Apri 1, 1988 represent the current state of the art in the science of implant surgery. This initial venture was planned and undertaken when the present editors and their colleagues realised the need for a closer interaction and dialogue between the clinician and. those basic scientists working in the area of implant surgery. Thi s interface, together with the real interface at the material/tissue borders, thus forms the basis of the present conference. These two ideas, we felt, were nicely and effectively captured in the drawing by Edgar Rubins (1915), a perception psycho 1 ogi st, used on the book cover and elsewhere in our 1 iterature. The Proceedings were planned with some difficulty, due to the wi de scope of the conference. However, we felt the best format was to follow the logical progression of implant development. The introductory papers and talks therefore demonstrate the scope of surgical implants in current use. The development of an implant starts with modelling of the proposed implant and its potential environment and the proceedings follow the same format. Following this, materials in current use are discussed.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (1 v.) , ill.
    Series Statement: The Jossey-Bass management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Executive ability ; Leadership ; Organizational effectiveness ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: Find out what really makes charismatic leaders tick. Here, author Jay Conger analysis the things leaders do that make their subordinates more self-assured, optimistic and productive. He reveals how the charismatic leader's qualities can revitalize organizations damaged by long periods of inertia, and why we need charismatic leadership now more than ever before. He also offers advice on how to select and train charismatic leaders?including specific suggestions on how every manager can develop these skills.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes. - Description based on print version record
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : McGraw-Hill | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (216 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: The international bestseller that revolutionized high-end selling! Written by Neil Rackham, former president and founder of Huthwaite corporation, SPIN Selling is essential reading for anyone involved in selling or managing a sales force. Unquestionably the best-documented account of sales success ever collected and the result of the Huthwaite corporation's massive 12-year, $1-million dollar research into effective sales performance, this groundbreaking resource details the revolutionary SPIN (Situation, Problem, Implication, Need-payoff) strategy. In SPIN Selling , Rackham, who has advised leading companies such as IBM and Honeywell delivers the first book to specifically examine selling high-value product and services. By following the simple, practical, and easy-to-apply techniques of SPIN, readers will be able to dramatically increase their sales volume from major accounts. Rackham answers key questions such as “What makes success in major sales” and “Why do techniques like closing work in small sales but fail in larger ones?” You will learn why traditional sales methods which were developed for small consumer sales, just won't work for large sales and why conventional selling methods are doomed to fail in major sales. Packed with real-world examples, illuminating graphics, and informative case studies - and backed by hard research data - SPIN Selling is the million-dollar key to understanding and producing record-breaking high-end sales performance.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed May 22, 1988)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    San Francisco, CA : Morgan Kaufmann Publishers
    ISBN: 9780080514895 , 0080514898
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (1 volume) , illustrations
    Edition: Revised second printing.
    Series Statement: The Morgan Kaufmann series in representation and reasoning
    Keywords: Artificial intelligence ; Reasoning ; Probabilities ; Electronic books ; local ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Probabilistic Reasoning in Intelligent Systems is a complete and accessible account of the theoretical foundations and computational methods that underlie plausible reasoning under uncertainty. The author provides a coherent explication of probability as a language for reasoning with partial belief and offers a unifying perspective on other AI approaches to uncertainty, such as the Dempster-Shafer formalism, truth maintenance systems, and nonmonotonic logic. The author distinguishes syntactic and semantic approaches to uncertainty--and offers techniques, based on belief networks, that provide a mechanism for making semantics-based systems operational. Specifically, network-propagation techniques serve as a mechanism for combining the theoretical coherence of probability theory with modern demands of reasoning-systems technology: modular declarative inputs, conceptually meaningful inferences, and parallel distributed computation. Application areas include diagnosis, forecasting, image interpretation, multi-sensor fusion, decision support systems, plan recognition, planning, speech recognition--in short, almost every task requiring that conclusions be drawn from uncertain clues and incomplete information. Probabilistic Reasoning in Intelligent Systems will be of special interest to scholars and researchers in AI, decision theory, statistics, logic, philosophy, cognitive psychology, and the management sciences. Professionals in the areas of knowledge-based systems, operations research, engineering, and statistics will find theoretical and computational tools of immediate practical use. The book can also be used as an excellent text for graduate-level courses in AI, operations research, or applied probability.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes. - Description based on online resource; title from title page (Safari, viewed October 26, 2015)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Sebastopol, CA : O'Reilly & Associates
    ISBN: 9780937175262 , 0937175269
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (1 volume) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: The definitive guides to the X Window System volume 2
    Keywords: X Window System (Computer system) ; C (Computer program language) ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: A complete programmer's reference for X library functions, which is the lowest level of programming interface to X. Reference pages for each Xlib function A permuted index to the Xlib functions reference pages for each event type Description of macros A listing of the standard color name database Alphabetical index and description of structures Alphabetical index and description of defined symbols A list of keysyms and their meanings, including sample characters A list and illustration of the standard cursor font A list of standard fonts with illustration of each font A function group index, for finding the right routine for a particular task Single-page reference aids for the GC and window attributes This reference manual provides reference pages for each Xlib function, a permuted index to the Xlib functions, reference pages for each event type, description of macros, a listing of the standard color database, an alphabetic index and description of structures and defined symbols, a list of keysyms and their meanings, a list and illustration of the standard cursor font, an illustrated list of the standard fonts, a function group index, for finding the right routine for a particular task, and single-page reference aids for the GC and window attributes.
    Note: Description based on online resource; title from title page (Safari, viewed January 28, 2015)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : O'Reilly Media, Inc. | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (738 pages)
    Edition: 1st edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This book orients the new user to window system concepts and provides detailed tutorials for many client programs including the xterm terminal emulator and the mvm window manager. Once you have a basic knowledge of the system, the later chapters explain how to customize the X environment and provide sample configurations. The X Window System User's Guide, Motif Edition, reflects X 11 Release 4 and Motif 1.1. Though Motif is not strictly part of the X Window System but a commercial product layered on top of it, it has gained wide acceptance. X users working in a Motif environment will find this edition of the User's Guide contains much useful new information. In particular, the book describes how to use the Motif mwm window manager in conjunction with the standard MIT X clients. It also describes differences between these clients (built with the MIT Athena widget set) and commercial client programs built with the OSF/Motif widget set. The guide describes: Starting the system and opening the first client windows Using the xterm terminal emulator and the mwm window manager Most standard release clients, including programs for graphics, printing, font manipulation, window/display information and removing the windows, as well as several "desktop" utilities Customizing the window manager, keyboard, display, and certain basic features of any client program System administration tasks, including managing fonts, starting X automatically, and using the display manager, xdm, to run X on a single display or multiple displays The books in the X Window System Series are based in part on the original MIT X Window System documentation but, are far more comprehensive, easy to use, and are loaded with examples, tutorials, and helpful hints. Over 20 major computer manufacturers recommend or license volumes in the series. In short, these books are the definitive guides to the X Window System.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed September 30, 1988)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : Focal Press | Boston, MA : Safari
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (432 pages)
    Edition: 2nd edition
    Keywords: Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: This second edition of the widely acclaimed Film Scriptwriting is a truly practical manual for the working writer. It provides all the clear, step-by-step guidance you need to script both fact and feature film and video - from getting and developing ideas to the writing of master scene or shooting script. Featured in this new edition are annotated excerpts from some of today's most successful films, selected to point up principles and techniques discussed. Interviews with working film specialists reveal the things professional directors, producers, story editor, and analysts look for in appraising the scripts that come across their desks.
    Note: Online resource; Title from title page (viewed August 24, 1988)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401725583
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 268 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I The Biological Underpinnings of Scents -- 1 Human odour culture: a zoological perspective -- 2 The molecular dimension in perfumery -- 3 The significance of odorous steroids in axillary odour -- II Developmental and Social Aspects of Fragrance -- 4 The acquisition of odour hedonics -- 5 Perfume as a tactic of impression management in social and organizational settings -- III Odour Perception and the Language of the Brain -- 6 Contingent negative variation (CNV) and the psychological effects of odour -- 7 Emotion and the brain -- IV Fragrance Therapies -- 8 Anxiety reduction using fragrances -- 9 Essential oils as psychotherapeutic agents -- V The Consumer and Perfume -- 10 The psychology of fragrance selection -- 11 Perfume, people, perceptions and products -- 12 Selling perfume: a technique or an art? -- 13 Fragrance education and the psychology of smell -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: THE SENSE OF SMELL The nose is normally mistakenly assumed to be the organ of smell reception. It is not. The primary function of the nose is to regulate the temperature and humidity of inspired air, thereby protecting the delicate linings of the lungs. This is achieved by the breathed air passing through narrow passageways formed by three nasal turbinates in each nostril. The turbinates are covered by spongy vascular cells which can expand or contract to open or close the nasal pathways. The olfactory receptors, innervated by the 1st cranial nerve, are located at the top of the nose. There are about 50 million smell receptors in the human olfactory epithelia, the total size of which, in humans, is about that of a small postage stamp, with half being at the top of the left and half at the top of the right nostril. The receptive surfaces of olfactory cells are ciliated and extend into a covering layer of mucus. There is a constant turnover of olfactory cells. Their average active life has been estimated to be about 28 days.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400926578
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (210p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education Library 6
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; Mathematics ; Mathematics—Study and teaching .
    Abstract: 1/Towards a Way of Knowing -- 1.1. The conflict -- 1.2. My task -- 1.3. Preliminary thoughts on Mathematics education and culture -- 1.4. Technique-oriented curriculum -- 1.5. Impersonal learning -- 1.6. Text teaching -- 1.7. False assumptions -- 1.8. Mathematical education, a social process -- 1.9. What is mathematical about a mathematical education? -- 1.10. Overview -- 2/Environmental Activities and Mathematical Culture -- 2.1. Perspectives from cross-cultural studies -- 2.2. The search for mathematical similarities -- 2.3. Counting -- 2.4. Locating -- 2.5. Measuring -- 2.6. Designing -- 2.7. Playing -- 2.8. Explaining -- 2.9. From ‘universals’ to ‘particulars’ -- 2.10. Summary -- 3/The Values of Mathematical Culture -- 3.1. Values, ideals and theories of knowledge -- 3.2. Ideology — rationalism -- 3.3. Ideology — objectism -- 3.4. Sentiment — control -- 3.5. Sentiment — progress -- 3.6. Sociology — openness -- 3.7. Sociology — mystery -- 4/Mathematical Culture and the Child -- 4.1. Mathematical culture — symbolic technology and values -- 4.2. The culture of a people -- 4.3. The child in relation to the cultural group -- 4.4. Mathematical enculturation -- 5/Mathematical Enculturation — The Curriculum -- 5.1. The curriculum project -- 5.2. The cultural approach to the Mathematics curriculum — five principles -- 5.3. The three components of the enculturation curriculum -- 5.4. The symbolic component: concept-based -- 5.5. The societal component: project-based -- 5.6. The cultural component: investigation-based -- 5.7. Balance in this curriculum -- 5.8. Progress through this curriculum -- 6/Mathematical Enculturation — The Process -- 6.1. Conceptualising the enculturation process in action -- 6.2. An asymmetrical process -- 6.3. An intentional process -- 6.4. An ideational process -- 7/The Mathematical Enculturators -- 7.1. People are responsible for the process -- 7.2. The preparation of Mathematical enculturators — preliminary thoughts -- 7.3. The criteria for the selection of Mathematical enculturators -- 7.4. The principles of the education of Mathematical enculturators -- 7.5. Socialising the future enculturator into the Mathematics Education community -- Notes -- Index of Names.
    Abstract: Mathematics is in the unenviable position of being simultaneously one of the most important school subjects for today's children to study and one of the least well understood. Its reputation is awe-inspiring. Everybody knows how important it is and everybody knows that they have to study it. But few people feel comfortable with it; so much so that it is socially quite acceptable in many countries to confess ignorance about it, to brag about one's incompe­ tence at doing it, and even to claim that one is mathophobic! So are teachers around the world being apparently legal sadists by inflicting mental pain on their charges? Or is it that their pupils are all masochists, enjoying the thrill of self-inflicted mental torture? More seriously, do we really know what the reasons are for the mathematical activity which goes on in schools? Do we really have confidence in our criteria for judging what's important and what isn't? Do we really know what we should be doing? These basic questions become even more important when considered in the context of two growing problem areas. The first is a concern felt in many countries about the direction which mathematics education should take in the face of the increasing presence of computers and calculator-related technol­ ogy in society.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    ISBN: 9789400926691
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (220p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Evaluation in Education and Human Services Series 19
    Series Statement: Evaluation in Education and Human Services 19
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; Educational tests and measurements
    Abstract: I Concepts -- 1 The School Principalship -- 2 A Focus on Decision Making and Evaluation -- 3 Evaluation in Education -- 4 How Evaluation Can Improve Decision Making in the School Principalship -- II Studies -- 5 Assigning Teachers to Classrooms -- 6 Making Schoolwide Decisions While Interacting with Teachers -- 7 Performing the Role of Teacher Evaluation -- 8 Guiding and Evaluating Teachers on Student Achievement-Based Instructional Objectives -- 9 Guiding Rational Solutions to Academic Problems of Low Achievers -- 10 Coordinating Student Achievement Testing -- III Implications -- 11 Conclusions -- 12 Toward Improvement -- References.
    Abstract: This book is about the practice of decision making by school principals and about ways to improve this practice by capitalizing on evaluation dimensions. Much has been written on decision making but surprisingly little on decision making in the school principalship. Much has been also written on evaluation as well as on evaluation and decision making, but not much has been written on evaluation in decision making, especially decision making in the principalship. This book presents two messages. One is that decision making in the principalship can be studied and improved and not only talked about in abstract terms. The other message is that evaluation can contribute to the understanding of decision making in the principalship and to the improvement of its practice. In this book we call for the conception of an evaluation-minded principal, a principal who has a wide perspective on the nature of evaluation and its potential benefits, a principal who is also inclined to use evaluation perceptions and techniques as part of his/her decision-making process. This book was conceived in 1985 with the idea to combine thoughts about educational administration with thoughts about educational evaluation. Studies of decision making in the principalship had already been on their way. We decided to await the findings, and in the meantime we wrote a first conceptual version of evaluation in decision making. As the studies were completed we wrote a first empirical version of same.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401165259
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 166 p) , digital
    Edition: Second edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Tutorial Guides in Electronic Engineering 3
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Basic Concepts -- Algorithm -- Programming languages -- Software tools -- Pascal -- Identifiers -- Pascal structure -- Comments -- Examples of bad and good programming -- 2 Scalar Data Type: Constant, Integer, Real. Input-Output -- Constant definition -- Variable declarations -- Integers -- Reals -- Pascal arithmetic -- Arithmetic functions -- Input to a program -- Output from a program -- Formatted output -- A step by step development of simple Pascal programs -- 3 Scalar Data Type: Char, Boolean, Enumerated and Subrange. The Array Data Structure -- Computer character set -- The data type character -- Input and output of character variables -- Standard function identifiers for character -- The data type boolean -- Operator hierarchy -- Standard functions for boolean -- Scalar data type -- Enumerated scalar data type -- Subrange scalar data type -- The array data structure -- 4 Conditional, Repetitive and Goto Statements -- Assignment statement -- Compound statement -- The if statement -- The case statement -- The while-do statement -- The repeat-until statement -- The for-statement -- The goto statement -- 5 Functions and Procedures -- Why use functions and procedures? -- Functions -- Local declarations within functions -- Scope of identifiers and side effects -- Procedures -- Procedures with no formal parameters -- Procedures with value parameters -- Using global variables -- Procedures with variable parameters -- Procedural and functional parameters -- Recursion -- Forward directive -- 6 Structured Data Types: Array, File, Set and Record. The Pointer Data Type -- The array structure -- Arrays as subprogram parameters -- Packed arrays -- Strings -- The file structure -- Standard Pascal procedures for files -- Textfiles and standard procedures -- The set structure -- Set operators -- The record structure -- Variant record -- The pointer data type -- 7 Case Studies -- Network transfer functions -- Transfer function analysis program -- Active filter synthesis -- Active circuit synthesis program -- Linear passive circuits -- Circuit analysis program -- Appendix A Syntax diagrams -- Appendix B Pascal special symbols -- Standard Pascal identifiers -- Description of standard functions -- References.
    Abstract: In the last few years there has been a tremendous increase in the number of Pascal courses taught at various levels in schools and universities. Also with the advances made in electronics it is possible today for the majority of people to own or have access to a microcomputer which invariably runs BASIC and Pascal. A number of Pascal implementations exist and in the last two years a new Pascal specification has emerged. This specification has now been accepted as the British Standard BS6192 (1982). This standard also forms the technical content of the proposed International Standard IS07185. In addition to a separate knowledge of electronic engineering and programming a marriage of engineering and computer science is required. The present method of teaching Pascal in the first year of electronic engineering courses is wasteful. Little, if any, benefit is derived from a course that only teaches Pascal and its use with abstract examples. What is required is continued practice in the use of Pascal to solve meaningful problems in the student's chosen discipline. The purpose of this book is to make the use of standard Pascal (BS6192) as natural a tool in solving engineering problems as possible. In order to achieve this aim, only problems in or related to electrical and elec­ tronic engineering are considered in this book. The many worked examples are of various degrees of difficulty ranging from a simple example to bias a transistor to programs that analyse passive RLC networks or synthesise active circuits.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400912298
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Reviews of United Kingdom Statistical Sources 24
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: of Review 42 -- 1. Introduction -- 1.1 Coverage and Arrangement of Subjects -- 1.2 Previous Coverage -- 1.3 Recent Changes -- 1.4 Some Specific Points -- 2. Organisation and Functions of Local Authorities -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 England and Wales -- 2.3 Scotland -- 2.4 Isles of Scilly -- 2.5 Northern Ireland -- 3. Financial Statistics: General Considerations -- 3.1 Important Characteristics -- 3.2 The Publication of Local Authority Financial Statistics -- 3.3 The Structure of Local Authority Accounts -- 3.4 Northern Ireland -- 4 Financial Statistics: Expenditure -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Revenue (or current) Expenditure -- 4.3 Capital Expenditure -- 4.4 Local Authority Expenditure in Context of Public Expenditure -- 4.5 Northern Ireland -- 5 Financial Statistics: Rates -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Rate Income -- 5.3 Rate Poundage and Average Rate Payment -- 5.4 Rate Collection -- 5.5 Rate Rebates -- 5.6 Northern Ireland -- 6 Financial Statistics: Government Grants -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Specific and Supplementary Grants -- 6.3 Rate Rebate Grants -- 6.4 Rate Support Grant -- 6.5 Northern Ireland -- 7 Financial Statistics: Borrowing and Debt -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Borrowing -- 7.3 Outstanding Debt -- 7.4 Net Financial Transactions -- 7.5 Northern Ireland -- 8 Financial Statistics: Miscellaneous Income -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Rate Fund Services -- 8.3 Housing Revenue Account -- 8.4 Trading Services -- 8.5 Special Funds -- 8.6 Superannuation Funds -- 8.7 Northern Ireland -- 9 Rateable Values and Penny Rate Products -- 9.1 Rateable Values -- 9.2 Penny Rate Product -- 9.3 Northern Ireland -- 10 Manpower Earnings and Hours -- 10.1 Manpower -- 10.2 Earnings and Hours -- 10.3 Northern Ireland -- 11 Elections -- 11.1 Incidence of Elections -- 11.2 Electoral Statistics -- 11.3 Election Results -- 11.4 Northern Ireland -- 12 Public Protection -- 12.1 Police -- 12.2 Fire -- 12.3 Probation -- 12.4 Administration of Justice and Public Protection Items -- 12.5 Consumer Protection (including Trading Standards) -- 12.6 Northern Ireland -- 13 Transport -- 13.1 Highways and Transportation (England and Wales) -- 13.2 Highways and Transportation (Scotland) -- 13.3 Ports -- 13.4 Airports -- 13.5 Northern Ireland -- 14 Environmental Services -- 14.1 Definition and Scope -- 14.2 Environmental Health (England and Wales) -- 14.3 Refuse Collection (England and Wales) -- 14.4 Refuse Disposal (England and Wales) -- 14.5 Cemeteries and Crematoria (England and Wales) -- 14.6 Scotland -- 14.7 Northern Ireland -- 15 Miscellaneous -- 15.1 Museums, Art Galleries and Library Services -- 15.2 Direct Labour Organisations -- 15 3 Smallholdings -- 15.4 Surveys -- 15.5 Northern Ireland -- 16 Complaints -- 16.1 Great Britain -- 16.2 Northern Ireland -- 17 Conclusion -- 17.1 Recent Developments -- 17.2 Shortcomings -- 17.3 Suggestions -- Quick Reference List Contents -- Quick Reference List -- Quick Reference List Key to Publications -- List of Appendices -- Appendices.
    Abstract: The Sources and Nature of the Statistics of the United Kingdom, produced under the auspices of the Royal S~atistical Society and edited by Maurice Kendall, filled a notable gap on the library shelves when it made its appearance in the early post-war years. Through a series of critical reviews by many of the foremost national experts, it constituted a valuable contemporary guide to statisticians working in many fields as well as a bench-mark to which historians of the development of Statistics in this country are likely to return again and again. The Social Science Research Council* and the Society were both delighted when Professor Maunder came forward with the proposal that a revised version should be produced, indicating as well his willingness to take on the onerous task of editor. The two bodies were more than happy to act as co-sponsors of the project and to help in its planning through a joint steering committee. The result, we are confident, will be judged a worthy successor to the previous volumes by the very much larger 'statistics public' that has come into being in the intervening years. Mrs SUZANNE REEVE Mrs EJ. SNELL Secretary Honorary Secretary Economic and Social Research Council Royal Statistical Society *SSRC is now the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC). vii MEMBERSHIP OF JOINT STEERING COMMITTEE (November 1986) Chairman: Miss S. V. Cunliffe Representing the Royal Statistical Society: Mr M. C. Fessey Dr S. Rosenbaum Mrs E. J.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    ISBN: 9783034891585
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Functions of complex variables. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1) Cross-ratios and Schwarzian derivatives in Rn -- 2) Remarks on “almost best” approximation in the complex plane -- 3) Conformal mappings onto nonoverlapping regions -- 4) On Wiener conditions for minimally thin and rarefied sets -- 5) The matrix and chordal norms of Möbius transformations -- 6) On meromorphic functions with growth conditions -- 7) A theorem of Wolff-Denjoy type -- 8) Curvature estimates for some minimal surfaces -- 9) On some elementary applications of the reflection principle to Schwarz-Christoffel integrals -- 10) Konforme Verheftung und logarithmisches Potential -- 11) On boundary correspondence for domains on the sphere -- 12) On circulants -- 13) Interpolation by entire functions in ? — another look -- 14) Möglichst konforme Spiegelung an einem Jordanbogen auf der Zahlenkugel -- 15) On BMO and the torsion function -- 16) Subharmonic majorants and some applications -- 17) On weighted extremal length of families of curves -- 18) On approximation by rational functions of class L1 -- 19) On fixed points of conformal automorphisms of Riemann surfaces -- 20) The variation of harmonic differentials and their periods -- 21) On the extremality and unique extremality of certain Teichmüller mappings -- 22) Angular distribution of meromorphic functions in the unit disk.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1) Cross-ratios and Schwarzian derivatives in Rn2) Remarks on “almost best” approximation in the complex plane -- 3) Conformal mappings onto nonoverlapping regions -- 4) On Wiener conditions for minimally thin and rarefied sets -- 5) The matrix and chordal norms of Möbius transformations -- 6) On meromorphic functions with growth conditions -- 7) A theorem of Wolff-Denjoy type -- 8) Curvature estimates for some minimal surfaces -- 9) On some elementary applications of the reflection principle to Schwarz-Christoffel integrals -- 10) Konforme Verheftung und logarithmisches Potential -- 11) On boundary correspondence for domains on the sphere -- 12) On circulants -- 13) Interpolation by entire functions in ? - another look -- 14) Möglichst konforme Spiegelung an einem Jordanbogen auf der Zahlenkugel -- 15) On BMO and the torsion function -- 16) Subharmonic majorants and some applications -- 17) On weighted extremal length of families of curves -- 18) On approximation by rational functions of class L1 -- 19) On fixed points of conformal automorphisms of Riemann surfaces -- 20) The variation of harmonic differentials and their periods -- 21) On the extremality and unique extremality of certain Teichmüller mappings -- 22) Angular distribution of meromorphic functions in the unit disk.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461310679
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Arrivals in time -- 1.2 Reliability -- 1.3 Safety assessment -- 1.4 Random stress and strength -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 2 Point processes -- 2.1 The probabilistic context -- 2.2 Two methods of representation -- 2.3 Parameters of point processes -- 2.4 Transformation to a process with constant arrival rate -- 2.5 Time between arrivals -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 3 Homogeneous Poisson processes -- 3.1 Definition -- 3.2 Characterization -- 3.3 Time between arrivals for the hP process -- 3.4 Relations to the uniform distribution -- 3.5 A process with simultaneous arrivals -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 4 Application of point processes to a theory of safety assessment -- 4.1 The Reactor Safety Study -- 4.2 The annual probability of a reactor accident -- 4.3 A stochastic consequence model -- 4.4 A concept of rare events -- 4.5 Common mode failures -- 4.6 Conclusion -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 5 Renewal processes -- 5.1 Probabilistic theory -- 5.2 The renewal process cannot model equipment wearout -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 6 Poisson processes -- 6.1 The Poisson model -- 6.2 Characterization of regular Poisson processes -- 6.3 Time between arrivals for Poisson processes -- 6.4 Further observations on software error detection -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 7 Superimposed processes -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 8 Markov point processes -- 8.1 Theory -- 8.2 The Poisson process -- 8.3 Facilitation and hindrance -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 9 Applications of Markov point processes -- 9.1 Egg-laying dispersal of the bean weevil -- 9.2 Application of facilitation — hindrance to the spatial distribution of benthic invertebrates -- 9.3 The Luria-Delbrück model -- 9.4 Chance placement of balls in cells -- 9.5 A model for multiple vehicle automobile accidents -- 9.6 Engels’ model -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 10 The order statistics process -- 10.1 The sampling of lifetimes -- 10.2 Derivation from the Poisson process -- 10.3 A Poisson model of equipment wearout -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 11 Competing risk theory -- 11.1 Markov chain model -- 11.2 Classical competing risks -- 11.3 Competing risk presentation of reactor safety studies -- 11.4 Delayed fatalities -- 11.5 Proportional hazard rates -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- Further reading -- Appendix 1 Probability background -- A1.1 Probability distributions -- A1.2 Expectation -- A1.3 Transformation of variables -- A1.4 The distribution of order statistics -- A1.5 Conditional probability -- A1.6 Operational methods in probability -- A1.7 Convergence concepts and results in the theory of probability -- Notes on the literature -- Appendix 2 Technical topics -- A2.1 Existence of point process parameters -- A2.2 No simultaneous arrivals -- Solutions to a few of the problems -- References -- Author index.
    Abstract: In teaching an elementary course in stochastic processes it was noticed that many seemingly deep results in point processes are readily accessible by the device of representing them in terms of random gap lengths between points. The possibility of representing point processes in terms of sequences of random variables rather than probability measures makes them mathemati­ cally simpler than general stochastic processes. Point processes can be studied using only the tools of elementary probability, that is the joint distributions of finitely many random variables. Given the wide applicability of point process models and the difficulty of access by the measure-theoretic route, it was determined that the simpler representation is of sufficient expository im­ portance to deserve emphasis. The present book is the result: it is specialized and short and therefore is called a monograph. In its development the material has been taught to several classes with pleasing results. Students have apparently understood theorems which by other methods appear difficult and deep. A few of the results, particularly on reliability, safety assessment and clustering, are original applied research. An alternative title for this monograph might be 'Point processes: What they are and what they are good for.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Arrivals in time -- 1.2 Reliability -- 1.3 Safety assessment -- 1.4 Random stress and strength -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 2 Point processes -- 2.1 The probabilistic context -- 2.2 Two methods of representation -- 2.3 Parameters of point processes -- 2.4 Transformation to a process with constant arrival rate -- 2.5 Time between arrivals -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 3 Homogeneous Poisson processes -- 3.1 Definition -- 3.2 Characterization -- 3.3 Time between arrivals for the hP process -- 3.4 Relations to the uniform distribution -- 3.5 A process with simultaneous arrivals -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 4 Application of point processes to a theory of safety assessment -- 4.1 The Reactor Safety Study -- 4.2 The annual probability of a reactor accident -- 4.3 A stochastic consequence model -- 4.4 A concept of rare events -- 4.5 Common mode failures -- 4.6 Conclusion -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 5 Renewal processes -- 5.1 Probabilistic theory -- 5.2 The renewal process cannot model equipment wearout -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 6 Poisson processes -- 6.1 The Poisson model -- 6.2 Characterization of regular Poisson processes -- 6.3 Time between arrivals for Poisson processes -- 6.4 Further observations on software error detection -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 7 Superimposed processes -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 8 Markov point processes -- 8.1 Theory -- 8.2 The Poisson process -- 8.3 Facilitation and hindrance -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 9 Applications of Markov point processes -- 9.1 Egg-laying dispersal of the bean weevil -- 9.2 Application of facilitation - hindrance to the spatial distribution of benthic invertebrates -- 9.3 The Luria-Delbrück model -- 9.4 Chance placement of balls in cells -- 9.5 A model for multiple vehicle automobile accidents -- 9.6 Engels’ model -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 10 The order statistics process -- 10.1 The sampling of lifetimes -- 10.2 Derivation from the Poisson process -- 10.3 A Poisson model of equipment wearout -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 11 Competing risk theory -- 11.1 Markov chain model -- 11.2 Classical competing risks -- 11.3 Competing risk presentation of reactor safety studies -- 11.4 Delayed fatalities -- 11.5 Proportional hazard rates -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- Further reading -- Appendix 1 Probability background -- A1.1 Probability distributions -- A1.2 Expectation -- A1.3 Transformation of variables -- A1.4 The distribution of order statistics -- A1.5 Conditional probability -- A1.6 Operational methods in probability -- A1.7 Convergence concepts and results in the theory of probability -- Notes on the literature -- Appendix 2 Technical topics -- A2.1 Existence of point process parameters -- A2.2 No simultaneous arrivals -- Solutions to a few of the problems -- References -- Author index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400912113
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 291 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Probability and its laws -- 1.1 Uncertainty and probability -- 1.2 Direct measurement -- Exercises 1(a) -- 1.3 Betting behaviour -- 1.4 Fair bets -- 1.5 The Addition Law -- Exercises 1(b) -- 1.6 The Multiplication Law -- 1.7 Independence -- Exercises 1(c) -- 2 Probability measurements -- 2.1 True probabilities -- Exercises 2(a) -- 2.2 Elaboration -- Exercises 2(b) -- 2.3 The disjunction theorem -- Exercises 2(c) -- 2.4 The sum theorem -- Exercises 2(d) -- 2.5 Partitions -- 2.6 Symmetry probability -- Exercises 2(e) -- 3 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.1 Extending the argument -- Exercises 3(a) -- 3.2 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.3 Learning from experience -- Exercises 3(b) -- 3.4 Zero probabilities in Bayes’ theorem -- 3.5 Example: disputed authorship -- 4 Trials and deals -- 4.1 The product theorem -- 4.2 Mutual independence -- Exercises 4(a) -- 4.3 Trials -- 4.4 Factorials and combinations -- Exercises 4(b) -- 4.5 Binomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(c) -- 4.6 Multinomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(d) -- 4.7 Deals -- 4.8 Probabilities from information -- Exercises 4(e) -- 4.9 Properties of deals -- 4.10 Hypergeometric probabilities -- Exercises 4(f) -- 4.11 Deals from large collections -- Exercises 4(g) -- 5 Random variables -- 5.1 Definitions -- 5.2 Two or more random variables -- Exercises 5(a) -- 5.3 Elaborations with random variables -- 5.4 Example: capture-recapture -- 5.5 Example: job applications -- Exercises 5(b) -- 5.6 Mean and standard deviation -- Exercises 5(c) -- 5.7 Measuring distributions -- 5.8 Some standard distributions -- Exercises 5(d) -- 6 Distribution theory -- 6.1 Deriving standard distributions -- 6.2 Combining distributions -- Exercises 6(a) -- 6.3 Basic theory of expectations -- 6.4 Further expectation theory -- Exercises 6(b) -- 6.5 Covariance and correlation -- Exercises 6(c) -- 6.6 Conditional expectations -- 6.7 Linear regression functions -- Exercises 6(d) -- 7 Continuous distributions -- 7.1 Continuous random variables -- 7.2 Distribution functions -- Exercises 7(a) -- 7.3 Density functions -- 7.4 Transformations and expectations -- Exercises 7(b) -- 7.5 Standard continuous distributions -- Exercises 7(c) -- 7.6 Two continuous random variables -- 7.7 Example: heat transfer -- Exercises 7(d) -- 7.8 Random variables of mixed type -- Exercises 7(e) -- 7.9 Continuous distribution theory -- Exercises 7(f) -- 8 Frequencies -- 8.1 Exchangeable propositions -- 8.2 The finite characterization -- Exercises 8(a) -- 8.3 De Finetti’s theorem -- 8.4 Updating -- Exercises 8(b) -- 8.5 Beta prior distributions -- Exercises 8(c) -- 8.6 Probability and frequency -- 8.7 Calibration -- 9 Statistical models -- 9.1 Parameters and models -- 9.2 Exchangeable random variables -- Exercises 9(a) -- 9.3 Samples -- 9.4 Measuring mean and variance -- Exercises 9(b) -- 9.5 Exchangeable parametric models -- 9.6 The normal location model -- Exercises 9(c) -- 9.7 The Poisson model -- 9.8 Linear estimation -- Exercises 9(d) -- 9.9 Postscript -- Appendix — Solutions to exercises.
    Abstract: This book is an elementary and practical introduction to probability theory. It differs from other introductory texts in two important respects. First, the per­ sonal (or subjective) view of probability is adopted throughout. Second, emphasis is placed on how values are assigned to probabilities in practice, i.e. the measurement of probabilities. The personal approach to probability is in many ways more natural than other current formulations, and can also provide a broader view of the subject. It thus has a unifying effect. It has also assumed great importance recently because of the growth of Bayesian Statistics. Personal probability is essential for modern Bayesian methods, and it can be difficult for students who have learnt a different view of probability to adapt to Bayesian thinking. This book has been produced in response to that difficulty, to present a thorough introduction to probability from scratch, and entirely in the personal framework.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Probability and its laws1.1 Uncertainty and probability -- 1.2 Direct measurement -- Exercises 1(a) -- 1.3 Betting behaviour -- 1.4 Fair bets -- 1.5 The Addition Law -- Exercises 1(b) -- 1.6 The Multiplication Law -- 1.7 Independence -- Exercises 1(c) -- 2 Probability measurements -- 2.1 True probabilities -- Exercises 2(a) -- 2.2 Elaboration -- Exercises 2(b) -- 2.3 The disjunction theorem -- Exercises 2(c) -- 2.4 The sum theorem -- Exercises 2(d) -- 2.5 Partitions -- 2.6 Symmetry probability -- Exercises 2(e) -- 3 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.1 Extending the argument -- Exercises 3(a) -- 3.2 Bayes’ theorem -- 3.3 Learning from experience -- Exercises 3(b) -- 3.4 Zero probabilities in Bayes’ theorem -- 3.5 Example: disputed authorship -- 4 Trials and deals -- 4.1 The product theorem -- 4.2 Mutual independence -- Exercises 4(a) -- 4.3 Trials -- 4.4 Factorials and combinations -- Exercises 4(b) -- 4.5 Binomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(c) -- 4.6 Multinomial probabilities -- Exercises 4(d) -- 4.7 Deals -- 4.8 Probabilities from information -- Exercises 4(e) -- 4.9 Properties of deals -- 4.10 Hypergeometric probabilities -- Exercises 4(f) -- 4.11 Deals from large collections -- Exercises 4(g) -- 5 Random variables -- 5.1 Definitions -- 5.2 Two or more random variables -- Exercises 5(a) -- 5.3 Elaborations with random variables -- 5.4 Example: capture-recapture -- 5.5 Example: job applications -- Exercises 5(b) -- 5.6 Mean and standard deviation -- Exercises 5(c) -- 5.7 Measuring distributions -- 5.8 Some standard distributions -- Exercises 5(d) -- 6 Distribution theory -- 6.1 Deriving standard distributions -- 6.2 Combining distributions -- Exercises 6(a) -- 6.3 Basic theory of expectations -- 6.4 Further expectation theory -- Exercises 6(b) -- 6.5 Covariance and correlation -- Exercises 6(c) -- 6.6 Conditional expectations -- 6.7 Linear regression functions -- Exercises 6(d) -- 7 Continuous distributions -- 7.1 Continuous random variables -- 7.2 Distribution functions -- Exercises 7(a) -- 7.3 Density functions -- 7.4 Transformations and expectations -- Exercises 7(b) -- 7.5 Standard continuous distributions -- Exercises 7(c) -- 7.6 Two continuous random variables -- 7.7 Example: heat transfer -- Exercises 7(d) -- 7.8 Random variables of mixed type -- Exercises 7(e) -- 7.9 Continuous distribution theory -- Exercises 7(f) -- 8 Frequencies -- 8.1 Exchangeable propositions -- 8.2 The finite characterization -- Exercises 8(a) -- 8.3 De Finetti’s theorem -- 8.4 Updating -- Exercises 8(b) -- 8.5 Beta prior distributions -- Exercises 8(c) -- 8.6 Probability and frequency -- 8.7 Calibration -- 9 Statistical models -- 9.1 Parameters and models -- 9.2 Exchangeable random variables -- Exercises 9(a) -- 9.3 Samples -- 9.4 Measuring mean and variance -- Exercises 9(b) -- 9.5 Exchangeable parametric models -- 9.6 The normal location model -- Exercises 9(c) -- 9.7 The Poisson model -- 9.8 Linear estimation -- Exercises 9(d) -- 9.9 Postscript -- Appendix - Solutions to exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    ISBN: 9781461309758
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I. Voltage-Activated Calcium Channels -- Calcium Channel Diversity -- Multiple Types of Calcium Channels: Is their Function Related to Their Localization? -- Calcium Channels Incorporated Into Planar Lipid Bilayers: Phenomenology, Pharmacology, and Phylogeny -- Modulation of Ionic Selectivity of Ca Channels in the Neuronal Membrane by Ca2+ Ions. -- Proton-Induced Transformation of Ca2+ Channel in Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons. -- Physiology of Multiple Calcium Channels. -- Expression of Presynaptic Calcium Channels in Xenopus Oocytes. -- II. Intracellular Calcium and Cell Function: Sensory Transduction, Modulation of Excitability and Neurosecretion -- Control of Light Emitting Photoprotein by Calcium Channels in a Hydrozoan Coelenterate -- Calcium in Photoreceptors. -- Small Conductance Ca2+ Activated K Channels in Mollusks. -- Ca2+ Diffusion in the Cytoplasm of Aplysia Neurons: Its Relationship to Local Concentration Changes. -- Fura-2 Imaging of Localized Calcium Accumulation Within Squid ‘Giant’ Presynaptic Terminal -- Toward a Molecular Understanding of Synaptic Transmitter Release: Physiological Clues from the Squid Giant Synapse. -- Quantal Classes and Subunits of Quanta in the Neuromuscular Junction -- III. Ion Channel Modulation by Neurotransmitters and Second Messengers -- Cytoplasmic Modulation of Ion Channel Functioning in the Neuronal Membrane. -- Control of the Generation and Removal of Calcium-Mediated Inactivation of the Calcium Current in Helix aspersa Neurons. -- The Role of Protein Phosphorylation in the Response of Dihydropyridine-Sensitive Calcium Channels to Membrane Depolarization in Mammalian Pituitary Tumor Cells. -- Modulation of the Potassium Conductance in the Squid Giant Axon. -- Physiological Interaction Between Calcium and Cyclip AMP in an Aplysia Bursting Pacemaker Neuron. -- Functional Implications of Calcium Channel Modulation in Embryonic Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons. -- Neurotransmitter Modulation of Calcium Currents in Rat Sensory Neurons. -- Modulation of Potassium and Calcium Currents by FMRFamide in Aplysia Neurons: A Mechanism of Presynaptic Inhibition -- Cytoplasmic Modulation of Transmitter Gated K Channels in Cultured Mammalian Central Neurons -- IV. Ion Channels as Causes and Consequences of Development -- Regulation of Cortical Vesicle Exocytosis in Sea Urchin Eggs. -- Studies on the Development of Voltage-Activated Calcium Channels in Vertebrate Neurons. -- Generation of Neuronal Architecture: Ionic Regulation of Growth Cone Behavior. -- Target Cell Contact Modulates Spontaneous Quantal and Non-quantal Acetylcholine Release by Xenopus Spinal Neurons -- Development and Regulation of Acetylcholine Receptor Function -- Steroidal Regulation of mRNA Coding for Potassium Channels in Uterine Smooth Muscle. -- V. New Approaches to Ion Channel Function and Regulation -- Fast Patch-Pipette Internal Perfusion with Minimum Solution Flow -- Evidence for a Bicarbonate Conductance in Neuroglia -- Divalent Cations as Modulators of NMDA-Receptor Channels on Mouse Central Neurons. -- Fluorescence Imaging Applied to the Measurement of Ca2+ in Mammalian Neurons. -- Use of Fused Synaptosomes or Synaptic Vesicles to Study Ion Channels Involved in Neurotransmission. -- Ion Channels of Three Microbes: Paramecium, Yeast and Escherichia coli.
    Abstract: Cellular neurobiology has been transformed in the past decade by new technologies and fundamental discoveries. One result is an enormous increase in our understanding of how ion channels function in nerve and muscle cells and a widening perspective on the role of ion channels in non-neuronal cell physiology and development. Patch clamp techniques now permit direct observation of the transitions between functional confor­ mations of individual ion channels in their native membrane. Recombinant DNA techniques are being used to determine the primary structure of ion channel proteins and to test hypotheses about channel conformations, sites of grating and modulation, and the basis of ion selectivity. At the same time, biochemical techniques have revealed intricate signalling systems in­ side cells, involving second messengers such as calcium, phospholipids and cyclic nucleotides, which interface with the external milieu through GTP binding proteins and regulate cell metabolism by altering protein phos­ phorylation. This panorama of second messenger systems has greatly increas­ ed our application for their potential role in regulating ion channel function. We now recognize that ion channels are much more complicated than we once thought, and more interesting. They are not simply isolated macro­ molecules in the membrane, gated directly by depolarization or trans­ mitter binding to open briefly at a fixed conductance and then close or inactivate. Instead, individual channels now appear to have many open and closed states that are regulated independently by voltage and transmitters.
    Description / Table of Contents: I. Voltage-Activated Calcium ChannelsCalcium Channel Diversity -- Multiple Types of Calcium Channels: Is their Function Related to Their Localization? -- Calcium Channels Incorporated Into Planar Lipid Bilayers: Phenomenology, Pharmacology, and Phylogeny -- Modulation of Ionic Selectivity of Ca Channels in the Neuronal Membrane by Ca2+ Ions. -- Proton-Induced Transformation of Ca2+ Channel in Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons. -- Physiology of Multiple Calcium Channels. -- Expression of Presynaptic Calcium Channels in Xenopus Oocytes. -- II. Intracellular Calcium and Cell Function: Sensory Transduction, Modulation of Excitability and Neurosecretion -- Control of Light Emitting Photoprotein by Calcium Channels in a Hydrozoan Coelenterate -- Calcium in Photoreceptors. -- Small Conductance Ca2+ Activated K Channels in Mollusks. -- Ca2+ Diffusion in the Cytoplasm of Aplysia Neurons: Its Relationship to Local Concentration Changes. -- Fura-2 Imaging of Localized Calcium Accumulation Within Squid ‘Giant’ Presynaptic Terminal -- Toward a Molecular Understanding of Synaptic Transmitter Release: Physiological Clues from the Squid Giant Synapse. -- Quantal Classes and Subunits of Quanta in the Neuromuscular Junction -- III. Ion Channel Modulation by Neurotransmitters and Second Messengers -- Cytoplasmic Modulation of Ion Channel Functioning in the Neuronal Membrane. -- Control of the Generation and Removal of Calcium-Mediated Inactivation of the Calcium Current in Helix aspersa Neurons. -- The Role of Protein Phosphorylation in the Response of Dihydropyridine-Sensitive Calcium Channels to Membrane Depolarization in Mammalian Pituitary Tumor Cells. -- Modulation of the Potassium Conductance in the Squid Giant Axon. -- Physiological Interaction Between Calcium and Cyclip AMP in an Aplysia Bursting Pacemaker Neuron. -- Functional Implications of Calcium Channel Modulation in Embryonic Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons. -- Neurotransmitter Modulation of Calcium Currents in Rat Sensory Neurons. -- Modulation of Potassium and Calcium Currents by FMRFamide in Aplysia Neurons: A Mechanism of Presynaptic Inhibition -- Cytoplasmic Modulation of Transmitter Gated K Channels in Cultured Mammalian Central Neurons -- IV. Ion Channels as Causes and Consequences of Development -- Regulation of Cortical Vesicle Exocytosis in Sea Urchin Eggs. -- Studies on the Development of Voltage-Activated Calcium Channels in Vertebrate Neurons. -- Generation of Neuronal Architecture: Ionic Regulation of Growth Cone Behavior. -- Target Cell Contact Modulates Spontaneous Quantal and Non-quantal Acetylcholine Release by Xenopus Spinal Neurons -- Development and Regulation of Acetylcholine Receptor Function -- Steroidal Regulation of mRNA Coding for Potassium Channels in Uterine Smooth Muscle. -- V. New Approaches to Ion Channel Function and Regulation -- Fast Patch-Pipette Internal Perfusion with Minimum Solution Flow -- Evidence for a Bicarbonate Conductance in Neuroglia -- Divalent Cations as Modulators of NMDA-Receptor Channels on Mouse Central Neurons. -- Fluorescence Imaging Applied to the Measurement of Ca2+ in Mammalian Neurons. -- Use of Fused Synaptosomes or Synaptic Vesicles to Study Ion Channels Involved in Neurotransmission. -- Ion Channels of Three Microbes: Paramecium, Yeast and Escherichia coli.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400911918
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Formation and occurrence of gemstones -- 1.1 Formation of inclusions -- 1.2 Inclusions in the major gemstones -- 1.3 Photographing inclusions -- 2 The nature of gemstones -- 2.1 Valency -- 2.2 Bonding -- 2.3 The building blocks of crystals -- 2.4 Polymorphism and isomorphism -- 2.5 The classification of minerals -- 2.6 Crystal structure -- 2.7 Properties of crystals -- 2.8 Gem crystals -- 3 Gem testing -- 3.1 Hardness -- 3.2 Gemstones and light -- 3.3 Specific gravity -- 4 Recent developments in gem testing -- 4.1 Thermal conductivity -- 4.2 Measurement of refractive index -- 4.3 Measurement of reflectivity -- 4.4 Surface assessment -- 4.5 X-ray topography -- 4.6 The electron microscope -- 4.7 The electron microprobe -- 4.8 Electron paramagnetic resonance -- 4.9 Energy dispersive X-ray spectrophotometry -- 4.10 UV spectrophotometry -- 5 Colour -- 5.1 The physics of colour -- 5.2 The chemistry of colour -- 5.3 Colour filters -- 5.4 The spectroscope -- 5.5 Alteration of colour -- 6 Fashioning -- 6.1 Fashioning of diamond -- 6.2 Other stones -- 7 Gemstones in commerce -- 7.1 Diamond grading -- 7.2 Buying gemstones -- 8 Descriptive section: inorganic materials -- 9 Descriptive section: organic materials -- 10 Synthetic and imitation stones -- 10.1 Crystal growth from solution -- 10.2 Growth by flame-fusion -- 10.3 Hydrothermal growth -- 10.4 Crystal pulling -- 10.5 Flux-melt growth -- 10.6 Manufacture of important stones -- 10.7 Composites -- 10.8 Glass -- 10.9 Metals -- 10.10 Ceramics -- 10.11 Plastics -- Appendix A Identification tables -- A1 Specific gravity -- A2 Refractive index -- A3 Birefringence -- A4 Dispersion -- A5 Hardness -- A6 Cleavage -- A7 Less common and trade names -- Appendix B Useful sources of information -- Appendix C Birthstones.
    Abstract: Gemstones is the first attempt in English to bring together the geological, mineralogical and gemmological developments that have taken place during the last thirty years. Though there have been many gemstone books published in that time, most have been concerned, understandably and rightly, with the science of gem testing and have covered that area very well. Details of the geological occurrence of many of the classic gemstones, and of nearly all those which have only recently been discovered, have been less adequately dealt with. Coverage has been restricted to a number of papers in a wide variety of geological and mineralogical journals. Gemstones hopes to get the balance right. In the preparation of the book all the journals and monographs in the field have been consulted so that the book should stand for some years as the authority to which gemmologists and others turn in the first instance. Ease of reference and depth of coverage make Gemstones both a reference book and a bench book. Acknow ledgements I am grateful to Brian Jackson of the Department of Geology, Royal Museums of Scotland who read the manuscript and painstakingly indicated places where amendment or alteration was needed. I am also grateful to the publishers of the books on which the line illustrations are based. The colour plates present in the book derive from a number of sources, which I would like to acknowledge as follows. Plates 1, 4-15 and 17 Crown copyright reserved.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Formation and occurrence of gemstones1.1 Formation of inclusions -- 1.2 Inclusions in the major gemstones -- 1.3 Photographing inclusions -- 2 The nature of gemstones -- 2.1 Valency -- 2.2 Bonding -- 2.3 The building blocks of crystals -- 2.4 Polymorphism and isomorphism -- 2.5 The classification of minerals -- 2.6 Crystal structure -- 2.7 Properties of crystals -- 2.8 Gem crystals -- 3 Gem testing -- 3.1 Hardness -- 3.2 Gemstones and light -- 3.3 Specific gravity -- 4 Recent developments in gem testing -- 4.1 Thermal conductivity -- 4.2 Measurement of refractive index -- 4.3 Measurement of reflectivity -- 4.4 Surface assessment -- 4.5 X-ray topography -- 4.6 The electron microscope -- 4.7 The electron microprobe -- 4.8 Electron paramagnetic resonance -- 4.9 Energy dispersive X-ray spectrophotometry -- 4.10 UV spectrophotometry -- 5 Colour -- 5.1 The physics of colour -- 5.2 The chemistry of colour -- 5.3 Colour filters -- 5.4 The spectroscope -- 5.5 Alteration of colour -- 6 Fashioning -- 6.1 Fashioning of diamond -- 6.2 Other stones -- 7 Gemstones in commerce -- 7.1 Diamond grading -- 7.2 Buying gemstones -- 8 Descriptive section: inorganic materials -- 9 Descriptive section: organic materials -- 10 Synthetic and imitation stones -- 10.1 Crystal growth from solution -- 10.2 Growth by flame-fusion -- 10.3 Hydrothermal growth -- 10.4 Crystal pulling -- 10.5 Flux-melt growth -- 10.6 Manufacture of important stones -- 10.7 Composites -- 10.8 Glass -- 10.9 Metals -- 10.10 Ceramics -- 10.11 Plastics -- Appendix A Identification tables -- A1 Specific gravity -- A2 Refractive index -- A3 Birefringence -- A4 Dispersion -- A5 Hardness -- A6 Cleavage -- A7 Less common and trade names -- Appendix B Useful sources of information -- Appendix C Birthstones.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : Taylor & Francis
    ISBN: 9780203977385 , 9781138434417 , 9781134875740 , 9781134875733 , 9781134875696
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Keywords: Education ; Organization & management of education ; Teaching of specific groups & persons with special educational needs
    Abstract: First Published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis, an informa company
    Note: English
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401197373
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 50
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- Nature of vegetation and analytical approaches -- Purposes of vegetation analysis -- Phytosociological and more objective methods -- Samples -- Types of data -- 2 Field methods -- Primary survey – many species -- More detailed field work – one or a few species -- Plotless sampling -- 3 Fundamental principles of analytical methods -- The geometric model -- Classification and ordination -- Normal and inverse analyses -- Qualitative and quantitative data -- Species of low occurrence in a data set – retain or discard? -- 4 Case studies – introduction -- Artificial Data -- Iping Common – a lowland heath -- Coed Nant Lolwyn – a deciduous wood -- 5 Association between species and similarity between stands -- Concepts -- Qualitative data -- Quantitative data -- Comparisons of similarity coefficients -- 6 Classification -- Normal Association Analysis -- Types of classification -- Divisive monothetic methods -- Agglomerative polythetic methods -- Divisive polythetic methods -- Comparison of the methods by the examples results -- Inverse classifications -- Nodal Analysis (Lambert & Williams 1962) -- 7 Ordination -- A classification of ordinations -- Direct Gradient Analysis – one factor -- Direct Gradient Analysis – many factors -- Indirect Gradient Analysis – one factor -- Indirect Gradient Analysis – many factors (ordination sensu stricto) -- Polar ordination -- Non-polar ordination -- Comparisons of ordination methods -- 8 Correlations between vegetation and environment -- Single species -- Several species -- Environmental factors in associations -- 9 Case studies analyses -- Iping Common -- Coed Nant Lolwyn -- Concluding remarks on vegetation analysis results -- References -- Indices.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionNature of vegetation and analytical approaches -- Purposes of vegetation analysis -- Phytosociological and more objective methods -- Samples -- Types of data -- 2 Field methods -- Primary survey - many species -- More detailed field work - one or a few species -- Plotless sampling -- 3 Fundamental principles of analytical methods -- The geometric model -- Classification and ordination -- Normal and inverse analyses -- Qualitative and quantitative data -- Species of low occurrence in a data set - retain or discard? -- 4 Case studies - introduction -- Artificial Data -- Iping Common - a lowland heath -- Coed Nant Lolwyn - a deciduous wood -- 5 Association between species and similarity between stands -- Concepts -- Qualitative data -- Quantitative data -- Comparisons of similarity coefficients -- 6 Classification -- Normal Association Analysis -- Types of classification -- Divisive monothetic methods -- Agglomerative polythetic methods -- Divisive polythetic methods -- Comparison of the methods by the examples results -- Inverse classifications -- Nodal Analysis (Lambert & Williams 1962) -- 7 Ordination -- A classification of ordinations -- Direct Gradient Analysis - one factor -- Direct Gradient Analysis - many factors -- Indirect Gradient Analysis - one factor -- Indirect Gradient Analysis - many factors (ordination sensu stricto) -- Polar ordination -- Non-polar ordination -- Comparisons of ordination methods -- 8 Correlations between vegetation and environment -- Single species -- Several species -- Environmental factors in associations -- 9 Case studies analyses -- Iping Common -- Coed Nant Lolwyn -- Concluding remarks on vegetation analysis results -- References -- Indices.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : El Colegio de México
    ISBN: 9786076285930
    Language: Undetermined
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Keywords: Education
    Abstract: A lo largo del siglo XX, se ha visto a las clases medias mexicanas alternativamente como motor del cambio y sustento de estabilidad. Han cumplido ambas funciones, primero sucesivamente, pero luego también de manera ambivalente y contradictoria, pues no se puede hablar de una sola clase media, porque los grupos que ocupan las posiciones intermedias en la estructura social mexicana constituyen un mosaico diverso y variado de ocupaciones, ingresos, estatus, actitudes y comportamientos que hacen de ellas una categoría forzosamente plural. Esta característica indica algunas de las dificultades que se presentan en el estudio, que es un reto a la imaginación sociológica y un desafío al cálculo político. No obstante, su reconocida importancia y la prioridad que recurrentemente se les ha atribuido en el desarrollo del México moderno explican el esfuerzo de la autora para desentrañar los fundamentos de la conducta política de las clases medias
    Note: Spanish
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    ISBN: 9781475702989
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XL, 885 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I. Progress in Amyloidosis Research -- II. Amyloidogenesis -- III. Al Amyloidosis -- IV. AA Amyloidosis -- V. Familial Amyloid Polyneuropathy (FAP): Chemical Study -- VI. Familial Amyloid Polyneuropathy (FAP): Clinical and Morphological Study -- VII. Cerebral Amyloid -- VIII. Other Types of Amyloid -- IX. Clinical and Morphological Study -- X. Therapy -- Participants.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice Hall, Business & Professional Division | Boston, Mass. :Safari Books Online,
    ISBN: 9780132442459 , 0132442450
    Language: English
    Pages: xx, 486 p , ill. , 29 cm
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Architectural design ; Tables ; Electronic books ; local
    Abstract: The Architect's Handbook of Formulas, Tables, and Mathematical Calculations compliles a vast range of practical, concise formulas, tables, and calculation methods useful to improve the design process. It is a problem-solving and decision-making tool for the practicing architect and interior designer. The material included in this book gives you the answer to the many types of problems you face every day - those dealing with overall site and space planning, sizes of building components, material selection, finishes, construction assemblies, and building systems. In addition, you will find useful "rules of thumb" and basic reference data. The organization of this Handbook is based on how architects actually work through a project and make decisions - from establishing early programming needs, to making preliminary design and building system choices, to evaluating specific material selctions. The tables and calculation methods selected are practical, proven reference information helpful for all phases of a job. To make the tables and formulas even more useful, steph-by-step procedures for using them and easy-to-follow examples are included where appropriate.
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    ISBN: 9781468455021
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Molecular Biology and Biosynthesis of Neuropeptides -- Oxytocin and Vasopressin: After the Genes, What Next? -- The Evolution of FMRFamide-Like Neuropeptide Genes -- Developmental and Molecular Studies of Neurons That Express FMRFamide-Related Genes in Insects -- The Role of RNA Splicing and Post-Translational Proteolytic Processing in the Biosynthesis of Neuropeptides -- Precursors of Urotensins and Their Co-Expression in the , Caudal Neurosecretory System -- In Situ Hybridization Study of Neurohypophysial Hormone mRNAS -- The Release of Enkephalin-Containing Peptides from the Adrenal Gland in Conscious Calves -- Localization of Neuropeptides -- Modern Microscopical Imaging Techniques for the Study of the Neuroendocrine System -- Combined Use of Lectin Histochemistry and Immunocytochemistry for the Study of Neurosecretoon -- Mapping and Analysis of Receptors for Neurohypophyseal Peptides Present in the Brain -- Somatostatin and Neuropeptide Y: Coexistence in the Hippocampus and Alterations in Alzheimer’s Disease -- Bioactive Peptides at the Neuromuscular Junction of Insects -- The Role of Head Activator in Cell Growth and Control Processes -- Cell Biology of Neuropeptide Secretion -- Release of Neuropeptides from Magnocellular Neurones: Does Anatomical Compartmentation Have a Functional Significance? -- Biosynthesis and Release of Multiple Peptides by the Caudodorsal Cells of Lymnaea Stagnalis -- Emerging Identity in Cytophysiology of Synaptic and Neurosecretory Terminals -- Isolated Neurohypophysial Nerve Endings, a Promising Tool to Study the Mechanism of Stimulus-Secretion Coupling -- Neuronal-Glial and Synaptic Plasticity in the Adult Oxytocinergic System -- Electrical Activity of Peptidergic Neurones Sponsored by Upjohn Ltd -- Contributions of Electrophysiology to the Study of Neurosecretion -- Electrical Activity of Peptidergic Neurones and Its Relation to Hormone Release -- Rhythmic Patterns of Discharge from Preoptic Neurones: Relationship to LH Release in Conscious Rabbits -- Electrical Attributes of Neurosecretory Terminals and Their Relationship to Secretion -- Neuroanatomical and Electrophysiological Analysis of the Brain-Sinus Gland Neurosecretory System in a Crustacean -- Intrinsic and Synaptic Factors Regulating Mammalian Magnocellular Neurosecretory Neuron Activity -- Intrinsic Electrophysiological Regulation of Firing Patterns of Bursting Neurons in Aplysia -- The Neonatal Rat Supraoptic Neurone in Culture: Development of a Model for Control of Peptidergic Secretion -- Effects of Atrial Natriuretic Polypeptide and Angiotensin II on the Supraoptic Neurons in Vitro -- Poster Presentations -- Participants.
    Abstract: This volume collects together the Proceedings of the Tenth International Symposium on Neurosecretion which was held in Bristol in September 1987. This series of symposia began with a meeting in Naples in 1953 and it was particularly gratifying to welcome two members of that original gathering, Berta Scharrer and Ellen Thomsen, to the 10th Symposium. The acceptance of the invitation to meet in Bristol gave particular pleasure to the Local Organising Committee because it was the first time that a former venue was revisited - the 3rd Symposium was organised in Bristol by Hans Heller in 1961 and we were very glad that his widow, Josephine, was able to be the Guest-of-Honour at the banquet of our 10th symposium. Neurosecretion has diversified considerably since the first meeting in 1953. From the outset, the local committee decided to focus the meeting by organising it under the title "Cellular aspects of the production and release of neuropeptides. " Having sought advice from the International Committee for Symposia on Neurosecretion, we invited 28 scientists from throughout the world to present their work on aspects ranging from the organisation of the gene through to the electrical properties of peptide-secreting neurones. The progress of studies in neurosecretion owes much to the comparative approach and we attempted to reflect this in the programme of the tenth symposium by inviting the speakers, to illustrate the various aspects of neuropeptide secretion, from among scientists working with systems in many parts of the animal kingdom.
    Description / Table of Contents: Molecular Biology and Biosynthesis of NeuropeptidesOxytocin and Vasopressin: After the Genes, What Next? -- The Evolution of FMRFamide-Like Neuropeptide Genes -- Developmental and Molecular Studies of Neurons That Express FMRFamide-Related Genes in Insects -- The Role of RNA Splicing and Post-Translational Proteolytic Processing in the Biosynthesis of Neuropeptides -- Precursors of Urotensins and Their Co-Expression in the , Caudal Neurosecretory System -- In Situ Hybridization Study of Neurohypophysial Hormone mRNAS -- The Release of Enkephalin-Containing Peptides from the Adrenal Gland in Conscious Calves -- Localization of Neuropeptides -- Modern Microscopical Imaging Techniques for the Study of the Neuroendocrine System -- Combined Use of Lectin Histochemistry and Immunocytochemistry for the Study of Neurosecretoon -- Mapping and Analysis of Receptors for Neurohypophyseal Peptides Present in the Brain -- Somatostatin and Neuropeptide Y: Coexistence in the Hippocampus and Alterations in Alzheimer’s Disease -- Bioactive Peptides at the Neuromuscular Junction of Insects -- The Role of Head Activator in Cell Growth and Control Processes -- Cell Biology of Neuropeptide Secretion -- Release of Neuropeptides from Magnocellular Neurones: Does Anatomical Compartmentation Have a Functional Significance? -- Biosynthesis and Release of Multiple Peptides by the Caudodorsal Cells of Lymnaea Stagnalis -- Emerging Identity in Cytophysiology of Synaptic and Neurosecretory Terminals -- Isolated Neurohypophysial Nerve Endings, a Promising Tool to Study the Mechanism of Stimulus-Secretion Coupling -- Neuronal-Glial and Synaptic Plasticity in the Adult Oxytocinergic System -- Electrical Activity of Peptidergic Neurones Sponsored by Upjohn Ltd -- Contributions of Electrophysiology to the Study of Neurosecretion -- Electrical Activity of Peptidergic Neurones and Its Relation to Hormone Release -- Rhythmic Patterns of Discharge from Preoptic Neurones: Relationship to LH Release in Conscious Rabbits -- Electrical Attributes of Neurosecretory Terminals and Their Relationship to Secretion -- Neuroanatomical and Electrophysiological Analysis of the Brain-Sinus Gland Neurosecretory System in a Crustacean -- Intrinsic and Synaptic Factors Regulating Mammalian Magnocellular Neurosecretory Neuron Activity -- Intrinsic Electrophysiological Regulation of Firing Patterns of Bursting Neurons in Aplysia -- The Neonatal Rat Supraoptic Neurone in Culture: Development of a Model for Control of Peptidergic Secretion -- Effects of Atrial Natriuretic Polypeptide and Angiotensin II on the Supraoptic Neurons in Vitro -- Poster Presentations -- Participants.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401178105
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- Problems of manufacturing management -- Just-in-time -- Implementation: the five steps -- 2 Traditional Manufacturing Management -- Inventory control policies -- Materials requirements planning systems -- Manufacturing resource planning: MRP II -- MRP problems -- 3 Just-In-Time Overview -- JIT is not a software package -- JIT is not a methodology -- Attack fundamental problems -- Eliminate waste -- Strive for simplicity -- Devise systems to identify problems -- Cost/benefit of implementing JIT -- Conclusion and summary -- 4 Step 1 : Getting the Ball Rolling -- Basic understanding -- Preliminary education -- Cost/benefit analysis -- Commitment -- Go/no go decision -- JIT project team selection -- Identifying the pilot plant -- Conclusion -- 5 Step 2: Education — The Make or Break Issue -- What is JIT education? -- Who needs JIT education? -- What should be covered? -- Conclusion -- 6 Step 3: Process Improvements -- Set-up time reduction -- How is low set-up time achieved? -- Preventative maintenance -- Changing to flow lines -- Conclusion -- 7 Step 4: Control Improvements -- Simple control -- Pull systems -- Kanban systems -- Linking MRP with pull/Kanban systems -- Shop floor control and quality at source -- Conclusion -- 8 Step 5: Vendor/Customer Links -- Links with vendors -- Multi-sourcing versus single-sourcing -- Short- versus long-term agreements -- Local versus distant suppliers -- How to implement links with vendors -- Links with customers -- Conclusion -- 9 JIT Implementation — The Proven Path -- How long should the implementation take? -- The implementation sequence — the proven path -- Case study A -- Case study B -- Conclusion -- 10 Summary and Conclusion -- Just-in-time systems -- Potential pitfalls -- The future -- Bibliography and Futher Reading.
    Abstract: This book describes both the essential features of Just-In-Time (JIT) how JIT can be successfully approaches to manufacturing and implemented. JIT marks a significant departure from previous western approaches to manufacturing management, and aims to improve quality levels and customer service while decreasing lead times and inventory levels. The use of simple though effective methods can, with proper management, lead to continual improvements in the manufacturing operation. A number of companies have now implemented JIT and some of these implementations have been very successful. However, what is becoming increasingly clear is that there is a significant number of JIT implementations that fail to achieve the potential benefits of JIT. It is not an easy task, and there are a number of pitfalls that await the unwary manager. My motivation for writing this book has been my experience of working with companies that have been successful in JIT and of seeing what needs to be done and how the implementing most common pitfalls can be avoided. The book is oriented towards batch manufacturing since this accounts for a large proportion of manufacturing in most western countries. Other types (including process, mass and jobbing) can also profitably use many of the JIT techniques to improve their operation.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionProblems of manufacturing management -- Just-in-time -- Implementation: the five steps -- 2 Traditional Manufacturing Management -- Inventory control policies -- Materials requirements planning systems -- Manufacturing resource planning: MRP II -- MRP problems -- 3 Just-In-Time Overview -- JIT is not a software package -- JIT is not a methodology -- Attack fundamental problems -- Eliminate waste -- Strive for simplicity -- Devise systems to identify problems -- Cost/benefit of implementing JIT -- Conclusion and summary -- 4 Step 1 : Getting the Ball Rolling -- Basic understanding -- Preliminary education -- Cost/benefit analysis -- Commitment -- Go/no go decision -- JIT project team selection -- Identifying the pilot plant -- Conclusion -- 5 Step 2: Education - The Make or Break Issue -- What is JIT education? -- Who needs JIT education? -- What should be covered? -- Conclusion -- 6 Step 3: Process Improvements -- Set-up time reduction -- How is low set-up time achieved? -- Preventative maintenance -- Changing to flow lines -- Conclusion -- 7 Step 4: Control Improvements -- Simple control -- Pull systems -- Kanban systems -- Linking MRP with pull/Kanban systems -- Shop floor control and quality at source -- Conclusion -- 8 Step 5: Vendor/Customer Links -- Links with vendors -- Multi-sourcing versus single-sourcing -- Short- versus long-term agreements -- Local versus distant suppliers -- How to implement links with vendors -- Links with customers -- Conclusion -- 9 JIT Implementation - The Proven Path -- How long should the implementation take? -- The implementation sequence - the proven path -- Case study A -- Case study B -- Conclusion -- 10 Summary and Conclusion -- Just-in-time systems -- Potential pitfalls -- The future -- Bibliography and Futher Reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170536
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Poultry Industry -- Biological Classification -- Domestication -- American Poultry Association Classification -- Commercial Classification -- Poultry as Food-Producing Animals -- Poultry as Laboratory Animals -- World Poultry Production -- The United States Poultry Industry -- Consumption of Poultry Products -- Careers in the Poultry Industry -- References -- 2 Anatomy and Structure of the Fowl -- Feathers -- Skin -- Muscles -- Skeleton -- Circulatory System -- Body Temperature -- Respiration -- Digestion -- Mouth and Esophagus -- Crop and Proventriculus -- Gizzard -- Pancreas -- Liver -- Small Intestine -- Ceca -- Large Intestine, Rectum, and Cloaca -- Excretory System -- Nervous System -- Avian Senses -- Endocrine Organs -- References -- 3 Physiology and Reproduction in Poultry -- Endocrine System -- Physiology of Reproduction -- Reproduction -- References -- 4 Genetics and Poultry Breeding -- The Cell Theory -- Cell Division -- Gene Function -- Genetic Code -- Mutations -- Phenotypic Expression (Nonadditive) -- Phenotypic Expression of Genes (Additive) -- Heritability Estimates -- Selection -- Current Breeding Systems -- Strain Crosses -- Crossbreeding -- Selecting Superior Genetic Stock -- Progeny Testing -- Sources of Genetic Stock -- Breeds and Varieties of Chickens -- The Utilitarian Concept -- Future Poultry Genetics and Breeding -- Lethal Genes -- Parthenogenesis -- References -- 5 Incubation and Hatchery Management -- Poultry Reproduction -- Storage and Selection of Hatching Eggs -- Embryonic Development -- Extraembryonic Membranes -- Daily Embryonic Growth -- Embryonic Nutrition -- Embryonic Communication -- Embryology in Research and Teaching -- Artificial Incubation -- Modern Incubators -- Temperature -- Relative Humidity -- Air Supply -- Hatching Egg Positions -- Embryonic Mortality -- The National Poultry Improvement Plan -- Hatchery Sanitation -- Franchise Hatchery System -- Hatchery Services -- References -- 6 Social Behavior and Animal Welfare -- Social Organization -- Behavior of Feral Chickens -- Communication -- Behavior of Domestic Poultry -- Social Behavior in Growing Chicks -- Other Adult Social Behavior Characteristics -- Animal Rights -- The Humane Movement -- Animal Welfarists -- Animal Rightists -- Animal Liberationists -- Agricultural Involvement with Humane Groups -- Public Relations -- Need for a Code of Ethics -- References -- 7 Environment and Housing -- Farmstead Planning -- External Services and Utilities -- Water Supply -- Poultry Building Orientation -- Aesthetic Value -- House Construction -- Turnkey Houses -- Criteria for Selecting a Manufactured House -- Vapor Barriers -- Ventilation -- References -- 8 Poultry Nutrition -- Nutrients -- References -- 9 Diseases and Parasites of Poultry -- Disease Prevention -- Diagnostic Organs in Postmortem Examinations -- Immunology of Disease Control -- Poultry Disease Control Strategy -- Vaccination -- Nutritional Deficiency Diseases -- Protozoan Diseases -- Bacterial Diseases -- Fowl Cholera -- Nonrespiratory Bacterial Diseases -- Mycoplasma -- Viral Diseases -- Fungal and Mold Diseases -- Mycotoxicosis -- External Parasites -- Internal Parasites -- Behavioral Diseases -- Reproductive Diseases -- References -- 10 Poultry and Egg Marketing -- Assembling -- Transporting -- Assumption of Risk -- Market News -- Futures Trading -- Processing Poultry -- Further Processing -- Eggs -- Storage -- Inspection and Grading -- Packaging -- Merchandising -- New Product Development -- References -- 11 Broiler Production -- United States Broiler Industry -- World Broiler Industry -- Broiler Breeders -- Housing and Egg Production -- Care of Hatching Eggs -- The Hatchery -- Housing for Broilers -- Litter -- Brooding -- Brooding Methods -- Density -- Placement -- Management Suggestions for Partial House Brooding -- Watering Equipment -- Feeding Equipment -- Lighting Programs -- Ventilation -- Gas Concentrations -- Ventilation for Partial House Brooding -- Fan Timers -- Fan Thermostats -- Air Intakes -- Broiler Diets -- Catching and Hauling Broilers -- Grower Responsibilities -- Catching Crews -- Types of Broilers -- Roasters -- Grower Contracts -- References -- 12 Commercial Egg Production -- Starting Pullets in Cages -- Brooding -- Growing Pullets in Cages -- Managing Laying Hens in Cages -- Induced Molting -- References -- 13 Turkey Production -- Origin of the Turkey -- Color Varieties -- Turkey Genetics -- Turkey Breeder Flocks -- Turkey Breeders -- Turkey Breeder Toms -- Turkey Breeder Hens -- Artificial Insemination -- Hatching Eggs -- Hatchery Services -- Brooding -- Floor Brooding -- Floor Covering -- Brooders -- Brooder Guards -- Equipment Arrangement -- Trough Feeders -- Mechanical Feeders -- Waterers -- Rearing Turkeys -- References -- 14 Waterfowl Production -- Ducks -- Geese -- Processing Waterfowl -- Handling Waterfowl -- Pinioning -- Sexing Waterfowl -- References -- 15 Miscellaneous Poultry -- Coturnix Quail -- Bobwhite Quail -- Chukar Partridge -- Pheasants -- Guinea Fowl -- Peafowl -- Pigeons -- Swan -- References -- 16 Poultry Management Practices -- Production Management -- Specialized Procedures and Devices -- Sanitation and Waste Disposal Procedures -- Financial Management -- References.
    Abstract: Poultry Meat and Egg Production has been prepared primarily for use as a text for students taking their first courses in poultry manage­ ment. The general overall science and production practices currently in use in the industry have been characterized and described so that the student can gain insight into the industry. Reading portions of chapters before the lecture discussions and laboratory sessions will be helpful in giving students an understanding of the material. Also, this gives the instructor an opportunity to emphasize in the lectures areas of current concern in the industry, and to present topics of his or her choice in greater detail. We wish to acknowledge and thank the following scientists who reviewed and critically evaluated the several chapters and made many helpful suggestions: Dr. Bobby Barnett, Clemson University; Mr. D. O. Bell, University of California; Dr. Donald Bray (retired), University of Illinois; Dr. W. H. Burke, University of Georgia; Dr. Frank Cherms, Nicholas Turkey Breeding Farms, Inc., Sonoma, California; Dr. Wen­ dell Carlson (retired), South Dakota State University; Dr. J. V. Craig, Kansas State University; Dr. K. Goodwin (retired), Pennsylvania State University; Dr. T. L. Goodwin, University of Arkansas; Dr. G. C.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Poultry IndustryBiological Classification -- Domestication -- American Poultry Association Classification -- Commercial Classification -- Poultry as Food-Producing Animals -- Poultry as Laboratory Animals -- World Poultry Production -- The United States Poultry Industry -- Consumption of Poultry Products -- Careers in the Poultry Industry -- References -- 2 Anatomy and Structure of the Fowl -- Feathers -- Skin -- Muscles -- Skeleton -- Circulatory System -- Body Temperature -- Respiration -- Digestion -- Mouth and Esophagus -- Crop and Proventriculus -- Gizzard -- Pancreas -- Liver -- Small Intestine -- Ceca -- Large Intestine, Rectum, and Cloaca -- Excretory System -- Nervous System -- Avian Senses -- Endocrine Organs -- References -- 3 Physiology and Reproduction in Poultry -- Endocrine System -- Physiology of Reproduction -- Reproduction -- References -- 4 Genetics and Poultry Breeding -- The Cell Theory -- Cell Division -- Gene Function -- Genetic Code -- Mutations -- Phenotypic Expression (Nonadditive) -- Phenotypic Expression of Genes (Additive) -- Heritability Estimates -- Selection -- Current Breeding Systems -- Strain Crosses -- Crossbreeding -- Selecting Superior Genetic Stock -- Progeny Testing -- Sources of Genetic Stock -- Breeds and Varieties of Chickens -- The Utilitarian Concept -- Future Poultry Genetics and Breeding -- Lethal Genes -- Parthenogenesis -- References -- 5 Incubation and Hatchery Management -- Poultry Reproduction -- Storage and Selection of Hatching Eggs -- Embryonic Development -- Extraembryonic Membranes -- Daily Embryonic Growth -- Embryonic Nutrition -- Embryonic Communication -- Embryology in Research and Teaching -- Artificial Incubation -- Modern Incubators -- Temperature -- Relative Humidity -- Air Supply -- Hatching Egg Positions -- Embryonic Mortality -- The National Poultry Improvement Plan -- Hatchery Sanitation -- Franchise Hatchery System -- Hatchery Services -- References -- 6 Social Behavior and Animal Welfare -- Social Organization -- Behavior of Feral Chickens -- Communication -- Behavior of Domestic Poultry -- Social Behavior in Growing Chicks -- Other Adult Social Behavior Characteristics -- Animal Rights -- The Humane Movement -- Animal Welfarists -- Animal Rightists -- Animal Liberationists -- Agricultural Involvement with Humane Groups -- Public Relations -- Need for a Code of Ethics -- References -- 7 Environment and Housing -- Farmstead Planning -- External Services and Utilities -- Water Supply -- Poultry Building Orientation -- Aesthetic Value -- House Construction -- Turnkey Houses -- Criteria for Selecting a Manufactured House -- Vapor Barriers -- Ventilation -- References -- 8 Poultry Nutrition -- Nutrients -- References -- 9 Diseases and Parasites of Poultry -- Disease Prevention -- Diagnostic Organs in Postmortem Examinations -- Immunology of Disease Control -- Poultry Disease Control Strategy -- Vaccination -- Nutritional Deficiency Diseases -- Protozoan Diseases -- Bacterial Diseases -- Fowl Cholera -- Nonrespiratory Bacterial Diseases -- Mycoplasma -- Viral Diseases -- Fungal and Mold Diseases -- Mycotoxicosis -- External Parasites -- Internal Parasites -- Behavioral Diseases -- Reproductive Diseases -- References -- 10 Poultry and Egg Marketing -- Assembling -- Transporting -- Assumption of Risk -- Market News -- Futures Trading -- Processing Poultry -- Further Processing -- Eggs -- Storage -- Inspection and Grading -- Packaging -- Merchandising -- New Product Development -- References -- 11 Broiler Production -- United States Broiler Industry -- World Broiler Industry -- Broiler Breeders -- Housing and Egg Production -- Care of Hatching Eggs -- The Hatchery -- Housing for Broilers -- Litter -- Brooding -- Brooding Methods -- Density -- Placement -- Management Suggestions for Partial House Brooding -- Watering Equipment -- Feeding Equipment -- Lighting Programs -- Ventilation -- Gas Concentrations -- Ventilation for Partial House Brooding -- Fan Timers -- Fan Thermostats -- Air Intakes -- Broiler Diets -- Catching and Hauling Broilers -- Grower Responsibilities -- Catching Crews -- Types of Broilers -- Roasters -- Grower Contracts -- References -- 12 Commercial Egg Production -- Starting Pullets in Cages -- Brooding -- Growing Pullets in Cages -- Managing Laying Hens in Cages -- Induced Molting -- References -- 13 Turkey Production -- Origin of the Turkey -- Color Varieties -- Turkey Genetics -- Turkey Breeder Flocks -- Turkey Breeders -- Turkey Breeder Toms -- Turkey Breeder Hens -- Artificial Insemination -- Hatching Eggs -- Hatchery Services -- Brooding -- Floor Brooding -- Floor Covering -- Brooders -- Brooder Guards -- Equipment Arrangement -- Trough Feeders -- Mechanical Feeders -- Waterers -- Rearing Turkeys -- References -- 14 Waterfowl Production -- Ducks -- Geese -- Processing Waterfowl -- Handling Waterfowl -- Pinioning -- Sexing Waterfowl -- References -- 15 Miscellaneous Poultry -- Coturnix Quail -- Bobwhite Quail -- Chukar Partridge -- Pheasants -- Guinea Fowl -- Peafowl -- Pigeons -- Swan -- References -- 16 Poultry Management Practices -- Production Management -- Specialized Procedures and Devices -- Sanitation and Waste Disposal Procedures -- Financial Management -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461597070
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Lumped and distributed circuits -- 2 Characteristics of ideal transmission lines/cables -- 2.1 Equations for an ideal line -- 2.2 Possibility of line pulse reflections -- 2.3 Matching and mismatching -- 2.4 ‘Phantom generator’ interpretation of reflections -- 3 The reflection chart -- 3.1 The Reflection Chart: step-input voltage -- 3.2 Rectangular pulse drive -- 3.3 Input waveforms with finite rise- and fall-times -- 4’ sliding-Load-Line’ analysis of pulses on lines -- 4.1 Resistive terminations -- 4.2 Nonlinear load: a diode termination -- 4.3 Reflections with logic circuit interconnections -- 5 Time domain reflectometry -- 5.1 Application examples: step and truncated-ramp drive -- 6 Crosstalk -- 6.1 Crosstalk with strip lines -- 6.2 Crosstalk with cable bundles: general comments -- 7 Logic signal transmission: an introduction -- 7.1 Transmission characteristics -- 7.2 Noise rejection in unbalanced and balanced systems -- 7.3 Single-ended, point-to-point transmission: RS232C -- 7.4 Multi-point bidirectional data transmission: RS485 -- Appendix A: Résumé of practical line characteristics -- Appendix B: Laboratory demonstration work -- General considerations -- Circuit descriptions and observed waveforms -- Appendix C: General notes on waveform observation -- Lumped systems -- Distributed systems -- Answers (including worked solutions to problems) -- References.
    Abstract: The coming of digital electronics has given rise to many textbook- outstanding among which are the authoritative works of Douglas Lewin- dealing, in the main, with the combinational and sequential logic aspects of system design. By comparison, the coverage of digital hardware has been meagre: in particular, books on logic circuit interconnections have been scarce in number. When circuits operated at relatively low speeds this did not cause major problems to engineers and students, but the increasing use of fast, and very fast, logic circuits employed extensively in modern digital systems has brought the requirement for properly-designed transmission paths between printed circuit boards, on the boards, and even in the integrated circuit packages themselves. turn, has necessitated a physical understanding of line pulse This, in behaviour, and an ability to design practically appropriate interconnection systems, by a far wider audience of engineers, scientists and students than has been the case hitherto. For many years the study of transmission lines was, primarily, the province of the telecommunications engineer sending high-frequency radio signals to antennas for radiation into space, and the power engineer working at low frequencies (50/60 Hz) but with corresponding wavelengths comparable with the relatively large distances involved in the supply of power from generating stations to remote users. The textbook treatment of lines was well­ established, but based mainly on the assumption of sinusoidal signals. This 'frequency-domain' approach is not best suited to the understanding of the transmission of digital signals.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Lumped and distributed circuits2 Characteristics of ideal transmission lines/cables -- 2.1 Equations for an ideal line -- 2.2 Possibility of line pulse reflections -- 2.3 Matching and mismatching -- 2.4 ‘Phantom generator’ interpretation of reflections -- 3 The reflection chart -- 3.1 The Reflection Chart: step-input voltage -- 3.2 Rectangular pulse drive -- 3.3 Input waveforms with finite rise- and fall-times -- 4’ sliding-Load-Line’ analysis of pulses on lines -- 4.1 Resistive terminations -- 4.2 Nonlinear load: a diode termination -- 4.3 Reflections with logic circuit interconnections -- 5 Time domain reflectometry -- 5.1 Application examples: step and truncated-ramp drive -- 6 Crosstalk -- 6.1 Crosstalk with strip lines -- 6.2 Crosstalk with cable bundles: general comments -- 7 Logic signal transmission: an introduction -- 7.1 Transmission characteristics -- 7.2 Noise rejection in unbalanced and balanced systems -- 7.3 Single-ended, point-to-point transmission: RS232C -- 7.4 Multi-point bidirectional data transmission: RS485 -- Appendix A: Résumé of practical line characteristics -- Appendix B: Laboratory demonstration work -- General considerations -- Circuit descriptions and observed waveforms -- Appendix C: General notes on waveform observation -- Lumped systems -- Distributed systems -- Answers (including worked solutions to problems) -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400913516
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Waterborne Coatings -- 2. Electrodeposition of Paints -- 3. Acoustic Emission Testing of Coatings -- 4. Organic Coatings in Corrosion Protection -- 5. Galvanized Reinforcements in Concrete -- 6. Titanium Dioxide for Surface Coatings.
    Abstract: The science and technology of surface coatings continues to advance. Among the key areas are polymer chemistry, as new binders are developed to meet increasingly stringent environmental demands; testing and evaluation, as the need to understand the factors affecting coatings performance becomes ever more intense; and studies of that enduring problem, corrosion of metal substrates, from which coatings of ever­ improving effectiveness are emerging. We have in this present volume of the series continued to cover aspects of these numerous developments. There are chapters on waterborne paint, a subject of increasing environmental importance, by J. W. Nicholson, and by H.-J. Streitberger and R. P. Osterloh; on a new and sophisticated test method, acoustic emission (R. D. Rawlings); and on anticorrosion coatings both organic (W. Funke) and inorganic (M. C. Andrade and A. Macias). Finally, that topic of immense practical importance to paint technology, pigmentation, is covered in a chapter by the late T. Entwistle. All the authors have brought considerable experience in their chosen field of coatings technology to the preparation of their chapters, all of which are timely reviews of developing topics. We are grateful to each author for helping in the preparation of this volume, and for putting their experience at the disposal of the wide audience for whom this book is intended.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Waterborne Coatings2. Electrodeposition of Paints -- 3. Acoustic Emission Testing of Coatings -- 4. Organic Coatings in Corrosion Protection -- 5. Galvanized Reinforcements in Concrete -- 6. Titanium Dioxide for Surface Coatings.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468415148
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Section 1 The Design Process -- Module 1.1 The Relationship between Geometry and Function -- Module 1.2 The Form of the Design Process -- Module 1.3 Traditional Drawing Practices -- Module 1.4 The Development of the CAD Industry -- Exercises -- Section 2 System Configuration -- Module 2.1 Workstations -- Module 2.2 Computers—Mainframes to Micros -- Module 2.3 Output Devices -- Module 2.4 Data Storage -- Module 2.5 Networked Systems -- Exercises -- Section 3 Entity Descriptions -- Module 3.1 Points, Lines and Circular Arcs -- Module 3.2 Basic Geometric Manipulations -- Module 3.3 Free-form Curves 1 -- Module 3.4 Free-form Curves 2 -- Module 3.5 Finding Intersections of Free-form Curves -- Module 3.6 Surfaces -- Exercises -- Section 4 View Transformations -- Module 4.1 Two-dimensional Transformations—Pan, Rotate and Zoom -- Module 4.2 Three-dimensional Transformation Matrices -- Module 4.3 Axial and Observer Systems -- Module 4.4 The Use of Perspective -- Module 4.5 Multi-view Presentations -- Module 4.6 Advanced Viewing Techniques -- Exercises -- Section 5 Types of CAD Modelling Systems -- Module 5.1 Two-dimensional Drafting Practice -- Module 5.2 Three-dimensional Wireframe Models -- Module 5.3 Surface Modelling -- Module 5.4 Solid Modelling -- Module 5.5 Display of Solid Models -- Exercises -- Section 6 The User Interface -- Module 6.1 User Command Language -- Module 6.2 Use of Menus -- Module 6.3 Graphics Interface Languages -- Module 6.4 Use of Parametrics -- Exercises -- Section 7 System Effectiveness and Organization -- Module 7.1 Information Flow -- Module 7.2 Establishing Design Needs -- Module 7.3 Identifying Benefits -- Module 7.4 Training for Operation -- Module 7.5 Working Environment -- Module 7.6 Design and Social Structure -- Module 7.7 System Management -- Exercises -- Section 8 Applications Programs -- Module 8.1 Analysis-centred Applications Programs -- Module 8.2 Manufacturing-centred Applications Programs -- Module 8.3 Control-centred Applications Programs -- Further Reading.
    Abstract: Many books already exist on computer-aided design and manufacture most of which are dedicated to describing the complexities of mathematical modelling and its application to industrial problems. In the experience of the present authors, however, if the subject is to be understood within its true, industrial context it must be taught in relation to the design process. Thus, while this book discusses both modelling and industrial applications, it also tries to provide an insight into design methodology, system selection and usage, and the social relationships that exist within design and manufacturing facilities. The teaching modules which make up the book are the distillation of material used by the authors both for undergraduate courses in CAD at BruneI University, and for seminars given to industrial users. The modules are not intended to be used in isolation, but rather to serve as an introductory survey which will enable students to grasp the broad outlines of the subject. Most aspects ofthe course presented here will need to be supported by further work and reading (see 'Further Reading'). In the authors' own courses much of the geometric and modelling work described in the text is supported by tutorial activities using the university department's commercial and research CAD/CAM systems. These include the Computervision-CADDS4X and Personal Systems.
    Description / Table of Contents: Section 1 The Design ProcessModule 1.1 The Relationship between Geometry and Function -- Module 1.2 The Form of the Design Process -- Module 1.3 Traditional Drawing Practices -- Module 1.4 The Development of the CAD Industry -- Exercises -- Section 2 System Configuration -- Module 2.1 Workstations -- Module 2.2 Computers-Mainframes to Micros -- Module 2.3 Output Devices -- Module 2.4 Data Storage -- Module 2.5 Networked Systems -- Exercises -- Section 3 Entity Descriptions -- Module 3.1 Points, Lines and Circular Arcs -- Module 3.2 Basic Geometric Manipulations -- Module 3.3 Free-form Curves 1 -- Module 3.4 Free-form Curves 2 -- Module 3.5 Finding Intersections of Free-form Curves -- Module 3.6 Surfaces -- Exercises -- Section 4 View Transformations -- Module 4.1 Two-dimensional Transformations-Pan, Rotate and Zoom -- Module 4.2 Three-dimensional Transformation Matrices -- Module 4.3 Axial and Observer Systems -- Module 4.4 The Use of Perspective -- Module 4.5 Multi-view Presentations -- Module 4.6 Advanced Viewing Techniques -- Exercises -- Section 5 Types of CAD Modelling Systems -- Module 5.1 Two-dimensional Drafting Practice -- Module 5.2 Three-dimensional Wireframe Models -- Module 5.3 Surface Modelling -- Module 5.4 Solid Modelling -- Module 5.5 Display of Solid Models -- Exercises -- Section 6 The User Interface -- Module 6.1 User Command Language -- Module 6.2 Use of Menus -- Module 6.3 Graphics Interface Languages -- Module 6.4 Use of Parametrics -- Exercises -- Section 7 System Effectiveness and Organization -- Module 7.1 Information Flow -- Module 7.2 Establishing Design Needs -- Module 7.3 Identifying Benefits -- Module 7.4 Training for Operation -- Module 7.5 Working Environment -- Module 7.6 Design and Social Structure -- Module 7.7 System Management -- Exercises -- Section 8 Applications Programs -- Module 8.1 Analysis-centred Applications Programs -- Module 8.2 Manufacturing-centred Applications Programs -- Module 8.3 Control-centred Applications Programs -- Further Reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400912151
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I The Biological Underpinnings of Scents -- 1 Human odour culture: a zoological perspective -- 2 The molecular dimension in perfumery -- 3 The significance of odorous steroids in axillary odour -- II Developmental and Social Aspects of Fragrance -- 4 The acquisition of odour hedonics -- 5 Perfume as a tactic of impression management in social and organizational settings -- III Odour Perception and the Language of the Brain -- 6 Contingent negative variation (CNV) and the psychological effects of odour -- 7 Emotion and the brain -- IV Fragrance Therapies -- 8 Anxiety reduction using fragrances -- 9 Essential oils as psychotherapeutic agents -- V The Consumer and Perfume -- 10 The psychology of fragrance selection -- 11 Perfume, people, perceptions and products -- 12 Selling perfume: a technique or an art? -- 13 Fragrance education and the psychology of smell -- References -- Author Index.
    Abstract: in 1951 Oellinek, 1951), until the conference held at the University of Warwick in 1986 there has previously never been a joint meeting of the industrial and academic disciplines relating to the sense of smell. Each year brings the launchings of many new perfumes; the respective national perfumery societies hold meetings; conferences on the sense of smell take place. These events involve the exchange of important knowledge relating to perfumes but the information remains largely isolated. The Warwick Olfaction Research Group is unusual in that it is led by two people, one of whom is a practising perfumer with an understanding of what it means to be asked to create a perfume, and the other a psychologist with an expertise in the area of emotion. Our interaction (Dodd and Van Toller, 1983) was a potent stimulus to hold the First International Conference on the Psychology of Perfumery. The main purpose of the meeting was to see if there was a framework that would knit the area together into a coherent set of ideas and also to give new perspectives to the study of perfumes. We invited speakers from all areas of the discipline. Thus, the meeting brought together people from the fragrance industry, academics and aromatherapists into a forum for debate. Besides the scientific basis of smell and perfumery, other important topics, including the important one of educating the general public about; olfaction and perfume, were discussed.
    Description / Table of Contents: I The Biological Underpinnings of Scents1 Human odour culture: a zoological perspective -- 2 The molecular dimension in perfumery -- 3 The significance of odorous steroids in axillary odour -- II Developmental and Social Aspects of Fragrance -- 4 The acquisition of odour hedonics -- 5 Perfume as a tactic of impression management in social and organizational settings -- III Odour Perception and the Language of the Brain -- 6 Contingent negative variation (CNV) and the psychological effects of odour -- 7 Emotion and the brain -- IV Fragrance Therapies -- 8 Anxiety reduction using fragrances -- 9 Essential oils as psychotherapeutic agents -- V The Consumer and Perfume -- 10 The psychology of fragrance selection -- 11 Perfume, people, perceptions and products -- 12 Selling perfume: a technique or an art? -- 13 Fragrance education and the psychology of smell -- References -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170871
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Importance of estuaries -- Dymanamic role -- Scope of volume -- Suggested reading -- 1 The Estuary as a Resource -- 1.1 History of estuarine usage -- 1.2 Types and values of usage -- 1.3 Shipping -- 1.4 Domestic and industrial wastes -- 1.5 Fishing -- 1.6 Amenity -- 2 The Estuarine System -- 2.1 Estuarine classification -- 2.2 Sediment processes -- 2.3 Geochemical cycles -- 2.4 Primary production -- 2.5 Secondary pruduction -- 2.6 Energy flow -- 2.7 Environmental stresses -- 3 Impacts, Contamination and Pollution -- 3.1 Impacts -- 3.2 Contamination and pollution -- 3.3 Sewage and organic wastes -- 3.4 Heat -- 3.5 Hydrocarbons -- 3.6 Heavy metals -- 3.7 Organochlorines -- 3.8 Radioactivity -- 4 Effects and Detection -- 4.1 Indices -- 4.2 Biological indicators -- 4.3 Dose/response relationship -- 4.4 Community responses -- 4.5 Population responses -- 4.6 Individual responses -- 4.7 Cellular and sub-cellular responses -- 4.8 Overview -- 5 Management -- 5.1 Goals -- 5.2 Uniform Emission Standards and Best Available Technology -- 5.3 Environmental Quality Objective -- 5.4 Discharge Location -- 5.5 Environmental Quality Standards -- 5.6 International legislation -- 5.7 Future developments.
    Abstract: Estuaries are the interface between man and the sea. and they are the channels for the impact of man on the marine environment. Because they are to a greater or lesser extent connected to the sea. they have traditionally been regarded as part of that seemingly infinite resource. or at best an open-ended means of access to it. This approach has led to conflicts between the users of the estuary. and with the increase not only in population but more particularly in the developed countries in manufacturing output. these conflicts have become more and more acute . The estuary should always be regarded as a resource. and a finite resource at that. and the problem in management is to optimise the use of that resource. It is clearly wasteful and inefficient not to use it to its full capacity. and this includes both overuse of the system. such that the whole thing collapses. and underuse. in which there is still spare capacity for one use or another. The objective of this book is to explore the uses to which estuaries are put and the means by which the performance of the system under load may be assessed. It seems appropriate here to mention that although this book will be talking about estuaries. the majority of it will be applicable also to lagoons. semi-enclosed bays and other such systems.
    Description / Table of Contents: Importance of estuariesDymanamic role -- Scope of volume -- Suggested reading -- 1 The Estuary as a Resource -- 1.1 History of estuarine usage -- 1.2 Types and values of usage -- 1.3 Shipping -- 1.4 Domestic and industrial wastes -- 1.5 Fishing -- 1.6 Amenity -- 2 The Estuarine System -- 2.1 Estuarine classification -- 2.2 Sediment processes -- 2.3 Geochemical cycles -- 2.4 Primary production -- 2.5 Secondary pruduction -- 2.6 Energy flow -- 2.7 Environmental stresses -- 3 Impacts, Contamination and Pollution -- 3.1 Impacts -- 3.2 Contamination and pollution -- 3.3 Sewage and organic wastes -- 3.4 Heat -- 3.5 Hydrocarbons -- 3.6 Heavy metals -- 3.7 Organochlorines -- 3.8 Radioactivity -- 4 Effects and Detection -- 4.1 Indices -- 4.2 Biological indicators -- 4.3 Dose/response relationship -- 4.4 Community responses -- 4.5 Population responses -- 4.6 Individual responses -- 4.7 Cellular and sub-cellular responses -- 4.8 Overview -- 5 Management -- 5.1 Goals -- 5.2 Uniform Emission Standards and Best Available Technology -- 5.3 Environmental Quality Objective -- 5.4 Discharge Location -- 5.5 Environmental Quality Standards -- 5.6 International legislation -- 5.7 Future developments.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401164962
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The scope -- 1.1 The questions -- 1.2 Experimental philosophy -- 1.3 Conclusions -- 2 The good experiment -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The conditions -- 2.3 What goes in: starting materials -- 2.4 Measurement imperfections -- 2.5 What comes out: analytical techniques -- 2.6 Conclusions -- 3 The machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Machines for “easy” conditions (atmospheric pressure) -- 3.3 Machines for near-surface hydrothermal conditions -- 3.4 Moderate pressure: crust-upper-mantle machines -- 3.5 Ultra-pressure machines -- 3.6 Machines for thermodynamic measurements -- 3.7 Conclusions -- 4 Metamorphic experiments on solid-solid reactions -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Reactions involving pure phases -- 4.3 Displaced equilibria and activity measurements -- 4.4 Displaced equilibria with two solid solutions -- 4.5 Coexisting solid solutions -- 4.6 Putting it all together -- 5 Metamorphic experiments on solid-fluid reactions -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Fluid generation and control -- 5.3 Devolatilization experiments -- 5.4 Mineral-fluid interactions -- 6 Just fluids -- 6.1 Objectives -- 6.2 Volumetric measurements: P-V-T -- 6.3 Speciation from solubility -- 6.4 Speciation from spectroscopy -- 6.5 Speciation from electrical conductivity -- 6.6 Conclusions -- 7 Igneous experiments on melts and crystals -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Atmospheric pressure experiments -- 7.3 Crustal magmas -- 7.4 Experiments at mantle pressures -- 7.5 Trace element behavior -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8 Igneous experiments on melts and fluids -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Volatile solubilities in melts -- 8.3 Spectroscopic measurements and speciation methods -- 8.4 Distribution of elements between melts and fluids -- 8.5 Conclusions -- 9 Physical properties of Earth materials -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Viscosity of silicate melts -- 9.3 Diffusion -- 9.4 Crystal growth -- 9.5 Elastic properties -- 9.6 Conclusions -- A.1 Measuring temperature -- A.2 Measuring and generating pressure -- A.3 Controlling oxygen fugacity -- A.4 Materials -- A.5 Preparation of starting materials -- Bibliography/References.
    Abstract: This is a book about the why and how of doing experiments on rocks, minerals, magmas, and fluids. It could have as logically been subtitled "Experimental petrology" as "Experimental geochemistry," but we chose geochemistry to emphasize the broad and overlapping nature of current experimental work. We have tried to aim the book at a general readership which we hope will include advanced undergraduate students, graduate students, and anyone else interested in learning something about experimental petrology. Although we hope there will be something of interest for the practicing experimentalist, our aim is at the non-experimentalist interested in learning why experiments are useful, what kind of experiments can be done, and what some of the major problems and limitations are and how they can best be avoided. The result of a journey through this book should be an ability to evaluate published experimental work critically and a knowledge of the kinds of problems an experimentalist might be able to help solve. Some details of experimental technique are included in the Appendix for those readers who want to "get their hands dirty. " Indeed, one of our main incentives for writing this book was to try to encourage more petrologists and geochemists to become experimentalists. In our pedagogical approach we have chosen to discuss a small number of case histories as illustrations of principles and techniques. We have tried to select studies we regard as well executed.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The scope1.1 The questions -- 1.2 Experimental philosophy -- 1.3 Conclusions -- 2 The good experiment -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The conditions -- 2.3 What goes in: starting materials -- 2.4 Measurement imperfections -- 2.5 What comes out: analytical techniques -- 2.6 Conclusions -- 3 The machines -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Machines for “easy” conditions (atmospheric pressure) -- 3.3 Machines for near-surface hydrothermal conditions -- 3.4 Moderate pressure: crust-upper-mantle machines -- 3.5 Ultra-pressure machines -- 3.6 Machines for thermodynamic measurements -- 3.7 Conclusions -- 4 Metamorphic experiments on solid-solid reactions -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Reactions involving pure phases -- 4.3 Displaced equilibria and activity measurements -- 4.4 Displaced equilibria with two solid solutions -- 4.5 Coexisting solid solutions -- 4.6 Putting it all together -- 5 Metamorphic experiments on solid-fluid reactions -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Fluid generation and control -- 5.3 Devolatilization experiments -- 5.4 Mineral-fluid interactions -- 6 Just fluids -- 6.1 Objectives -- 6.2 Volumetric measurements: P-V-T -- 6.3 Speciation from solubility -- 6.4 Speciation from spectroscopy -- 6.5 Speciation from electrical conductivity -- 6.6 Conclusions -- 7 Igneous experiments on melts and crystals -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Atmospheric pressure experiments -- 7.3 Crustal magmas -- 7.4 Experiments at mantle pressures -- 7.5 Trace element behavior -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8 Igneous experiments on melts and fluids -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Volatile solubilities in melts -- 8.3 Spectroscopic measurements and speciation methods -- 8.4 Distribution of elements between melts and fluids -- 8.5 Conclusions -- 9 Physical properties of Earth materials -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Viscosity of silicate melts -- 9.3 Diffusion -- 9.4 Crystal growth -- 9.5 Elastic properties -- 9.6 Conclusions -- A.1 Measuring temperature -- A.2 Measuring and generating pressure -- A.3 Controlling oxygen fugacity -- A.4 Materials -- A.5 Preparation of starting materials -- Bibliography/References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170819
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 1.1 Nature and Origin of Anutrients in the Diet -- 1.2 Potential Carcinogens in Foods -- 1.3 Pharmacological Agents (Drugs) -- 1.4 Clinical Implications of Induced Rate of Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2. The Fate of Anutrients in the Body -- 2.1 Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2.2 Nutritional Factors Affecting the Metabolism ofAnutrients -- 2.3 Non-nutritional Dietary Factors Affecting the Metabolism of Anutrients -- 3. Nutritional Consequences of Drug Therapy -- 3.1 Drugs Affecting Food Intake -- 3.2 Drugs Affecting Absorption -- 3.3 Drugs Affecting Carbohydrate Metabolism -- 3.4 Drugs Affecting Lipid Metabolism -- 3.5 Drugs Affecting Protein and Amino Acid Metabolism -- 3.6 Drugs and Vitamin Interactions -- 3.7 Drug and Mineral Interactions -- 3.8 Conclusions -- 4. Alcohol and Nutrition -- 4.1 Alcohol Metabolism -- 4.2 Metabolic Effectsof Alcohol in the Liver -- 4.3 Alcohol and Malnutrition -- 4.4 Alcohol-related Conditions -- 5. Possible Adverse Effects of the Pharmacological Use of Vitamins -- 5.1 Fat-soluble Vitamins -- 5.2 Water-soluble Vitamins -- 5.3 Conclusions -- 6. Drug-Food Interactions -- 6.1 Food Reduces/Delays Drug Absorption -- 6.2 Food Increases Drug Absorption -- 6.3 Food Affecting Urinary Excretion of Drugs -- 6.4 Adverse Reactions Caused by Food -- 7. Nutrition and Experimental Carcinogenesis -- 7.1 Vitamin A (Retinol) -- 7.2 ?-Carotene -- 7.3 Vitamin E(?-Tocopherol) -- 7.4 Selenium -- 7.5 Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid) -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8. General Conclusions -- References.
    Abstract: In the world at large and in the Western World in particular, the average age of the population is increasing. This is related to an increase in lifespan resulting from remarkable advances in preventive medicine and the clinical sciences. There has also been a concomitant rise of the modern pharmaceutical and chemical industries which support modern treatment methods and influence the pattern of human disease. The science of nutrition has also made major advances in recent years and is poised for even more encouraging contributions as the tools of molecular biology are applied to mechanisms of nutrient effects at the molecular level. Instruction in nutritional science can no longer be restricted to a description of the chemistry of major dietary constituents, diseases associated with a deficiency, and the amounts of nutrients required to prevent them. Modern nutritionists must now address the pervasive interrelationships of long-term nutritional habits and chronic diseases of the cardiovascular system, of cancer, and of osteoporosis, among others. There is also the role of nutrition as a tool in the treatment of post­ operative and other patients in the clinical setting. It is at these interfaces that drugs and nutrients interact in significant ways.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction1.1 Nature and Origin of Anutrients in the Diet -- 1.2 Potential Carcinogens in Foods -- 1.3 Pharmacological Agents (Drugs) -- 1.4 Clinical Implications of Induced Rate of Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2. The Fate of Anutrients in the Body -- 2.1 Metabolism of Foreign Compounds -- 2.2 Nutritional Factors Affecting the Metabolism ofAnutrients -- 2.3 Non-nutritional Dietary Factors Affecting the Metabolism of Anutrients -- 3. Nutritional Consequences of Drug Therapy -- 3.1 Drugs Affecting Food Intake -- 3.2 Drugs Affecting Absorption -- 3.3 Drugs Affecting Carbohydrate Metabolism -- 3.4 Drugs Affecting Lipid Metabolism -- 3.5 Drugs Affecting Protein and Amino Acid Metabolism -- 3.6 Drugs and Vitamin Interactions -- 3.7 Drug and Mineral Interactions -- 3.8 Conclusions -- 4. Alcohol and Nutrition -- 4.1 Alcohol Metabolism -- 4.2 Metabolic Effectsof Alcohol in the Liver -- 4.3 Alcohol and Malnutrition -- 4.4 Alcohol-related Conditions -- 5. Possible Adverse Effects of the Pharmacological Use of Vitamins -- 5.1 Fat-soluble Vitamins -- 5.2 Water-soluble Vitamins -- 5.3 Conclusions -- 6. Drug-Food Interactions -- 6.1 Food Reduces/Delays Drug Absorption -- 6.2 Food Increases Drug Absorption -- 6.3 Food Affecting Urinary Excretion of Drugs -- 6.4 Adverse Reactions Caused by Food -- 7. Nutrition and Experimental Carcinogenesis -- 7.1 Vitamin A (Retinol) -- 7.2 ?-Carotene -- 7.3 Vitamin E(?-Tocopherol) -- 7.4 Selenium -- 7.5 Vitamin C (Ascorbic Acid) -- 7.6 Conclusions -- 8. General Conclusions -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170307
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 786 p) , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1 General Discussion on the Stability of Nutrients -- 2 The Major Food Groups, Their Nutrient Content, and Principles of Food Processing -- 2 Nutrients in Food-Raw and Processed -- 3 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Vegetables -- 4 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fruits -- 5 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Cereals -- 6 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Legumes and Oilseeds -- 7 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Meat -- 8 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Milk and Dairy Products -- 9 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Poultry and Eggs -- 10 Effects of Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fish and Shellfish -- 3 Effects of Commercial Processing and Storage on Nutrients -- 11 Effects of Freeze Preservation on Nutrients -- 12 Effects of Heat Processing on Nutrients -- 13 Effects of Baking on Nutrients -- 14 Effects of Extrusion Processing on Nutrients -- 15 Effects of Moisture Removal on Nutrients -- 16 Effects of Fermentation on the Nutritional Properties of Food -- 17 Effects of Treatment with Food Additives on Nutrients -- 18 Use of Ionizing Radiation to Preserve Food -- 19 Stability of Nutrients during Storage of Processed Foods -- 4 Effects of Preparation and Service of Food on Nutrients -- 20 Effects of Food Preparation Procedures in Nutrient Retention with Emphasis on Foodservice Practices -- 21 Effects of Home Food Preparation Practices on Nutrient Content of Foods -- 5 Nutrification, Legal Aspects, and Nutrient Analysis -- 22 Addition of Vitamins, Minerals, and Amino Acids to Foods -- 23 Protein Complementation of Foods -- 24 Improving the Nutritional Quality of Vegetables through Plant Breeding -- 25 The Role of the United States Government in Regulating the Nutritional Value of the Food Supply -- 26 The Contribution of Consumption of Processed Food to Nutrient Intake Status in the united States -- 27 Methodology for Nutrient Analysis -- 28 Nutrient Data Banks for Nutrient Evaluation in Foods.
    Abstract: Dramatic changes in the attitudes toward human nutrition have taken place dur­ ing the past decade. Food-related and medical professionals as well as consumers are now, more than ever before, aware of and concerned about diet, nutrition, and the beneficial and deleterious effects of food processing upon nutrients. The old saying "We are what we eat" is still relevant. Nutritious food will contribute greatly to consumers' good health and ultimately reduce medical bills. Food processing is essential to maintaining our food reserves from one harvest to another, thus letting us serve our daily meals regularly. If food processing is defined as including all treatments of foodstuffs from harvest to consumption, then more than 95% of our food may be considered as processed. In most cases, food processing and storage cause some reduction in the nutritional value of foods. Advances in food science and food technology have resulted in an increase in nu­ trient retention after processing. In addition, today's consumer better understands how to avoid excessive nutrient losses during food preparation. The information presented in this completely revised reference and textbook will help the reader to understand better the relationship between food processing and nutrient retention. The authors' scholarly contributions are greatly appreciated.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1 General Discussion on the Stability of Nutrients -- 2 The Major Food Groups, Their Nutrient Content, and Principles of Food Processing -- 2 Nutrients in Food-Raw and Processed -- 3 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Vegetables -- 4 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fruits -- 5 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Cereals -- 6 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Legumes and Oilseeds -- 7 Effects of Agricultural Practices, Handling, Processing, and Storage on Meat -- 8 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Milk and Dairy Products -- 9 Effects of Agricultural Practices on Poultry and Eggs -- 10 Effects of Handling, Processing, and Storage on Fish and Shellfish -- 3 Effects of Commercial Processing and Storage on Nutrients -- 11 Effects of Freeze Preservation on Nutrients -- 12 Effects of Heat Processing on Nutrients -- 13 Effects of Baking on Nutrients -- 14 Effects of Extrusion Processing on Nutrients -- 15 Effects of Moisture Removal on Nutrients -- 16 Effects of Fermentation on the Nutritional Properties of Food -- 17 Effects of Treatment with Food Additives on Nutrients -- 18 Use of Ionizing Radiation to Preserve Food -- 19 Stability of Nutrients during Storage of Processed Foods -- 4 Effects of Preparation and Service of Food on Nutrients -- 20 Effects of Food Preparation Procedures in Nutrient Retention with Emphasis on Foodservice Practices -- 21 Effects of Home Food Preparation Practices on Nutrient Content of Foods -- 5 Nutrification, Legal Aspects, and Nutrient Analysis -- 22 Addition of Vitamins, Minerals, and Amino Acids to Foods -- 23 Protein Complementation of Foods -- 24 Improving the Nutritional Quality of Vegetables through Plant Breeding -- 25 The Role of the United States Government in Regulating the Nutritional Value of the Food Supply -- 26 The Contribution of Consumption of Processed Food to Nutrient Intake Status in the united States -- 27 Methodology for Nutrient Analysis -- 28 Nutrient Data Banks for Nutrient Evaluation in Foods.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401159838
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 General background -- Spatial scale -- Rock resistance -- Mechanisms of rock control -- Conclusions -- 2 Rock type and landform assemblages -- Igneous rocks -- Metamorphic rocks -- Sedimentary rocks -- Assessment of landform assemblages -- Spatial distribution of rock types -- Other rock classifications -- Conclusions -- 3 Landscape evolution and rock properties -- Slope angle, form and processes -- Denudation rates -- Slope development on horizontally bedded rocks -- Drainage basin properties -- Bedrock meanders -- Drainage patterns -- Conclusions -- 4 Rock strength and resistance -- Hardness and toughness -- Porosity, permeability and water absorption -- Strength and rock deformation -- Appraisal -- 5 Resistance to weathering -- Chemical weathering -- Chemical weathering of minerals -- Chemical weathering of rocks -- Physical weathering -- Conclusions -- 6 Weathering profiles and landform development -- Weathering front -- Weathering profile differentiation -- Weathering grades -- Weathering depths -- Weathering and the water table -- Spatial patterns of weathering profiles -- Duricrusts -- Weathering profiles and slope form -- Weathering and rock strength -- Weathering and slope instability -- Threshold slopes -- 7 Instability in jointed and fissured rock -- Characteristics of jointed rock -- Unloading joints and rebound phenomena -- Models of jointed rock behaviour -- Rock mass strength classifications -- Strength equilibrium slopes -- Modes of rock failure -- 8 Landforms on granitic rocks -- Inselbergs -- Domed inselbergs (bornhardts) -- Tors (boulder inselbergs) -- Landscape types -- Conclusions -- 9 Properties and landforms of mudrocks -- Terminology of mudrocks -- Composition of mudrocks -- Consolidation and unloading of mudrocks -- Consistency limits -- Microstructure -- Macrostructure -- Shear strength -- Weathering effects -- Swelling and shrinkage -- Landslides and slope development -- Mudslides -- Sensitive clays -- Conclusions -- 10 A rock-landform synthesis -- Landforms of glacial erosion -- Marine cliffs and shore platforms -- Rocks, landforms and climate -- Conclusions.
    Abstract: Geomorphology can be defined simply as the study of landforms. Landforms are the result of the interaction between what Ritter (1978) has called the driving and resisting forces. The driving forces or processes are the methods by which energy is exerted on earth materials and include both surface, geomorphological or exogenous processes and subsurface, geological or endogenous processes. The resisting forces are the surface materials with their inherent resistances determined by a complex combination of rock properties. Stated in these simple terms it would be expected that both sides of the equation be given equal weight in syntheses of landform evolution. However, this has not been the case. Until about the 1950s, geomorphology was mainly descriptive and concerned with producing time-dependent models of landscape evolution. Although the form of the land was the main focus, there was little detailed mention of process and scant attention to the properties of surface materials. There were, of course, exceptions. In the late 19th century G.K. Gilbert was stressing the equilibrium between landforms and processes. Many hydrologists were examining the detailed workings of river 'systems and drainage basins, culminating in the classic paper of Horton (1945).
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 General backgroundSpatial scale -- Rock resistance -- Mechanisms of rock control -- Conclusions -- 2 Rock type and landform assemblages -- Igneous rocks -- Metamorphic rocks -- Sedimentary rocks -- Assessment of landform assemblages -- Spatial distribution of rock types -- Other rock classifications -- Conclusions -- 3 Landscape evolution and rock properties -- Slope angle, form and processes -- Denudation rates -- Slope development on horizontally bedded rocks -- Drainage basin properties -- Bedrock meanders -- Drainage patterns -- Conclusions -- 4 Rock strength and resistance -- Hardness and toughness -- Porosity, permeability and water absorption -- Strength and rock deformation -- Appraisal -- 5 Resistance to weathering -- Chemical weathering -- Chemical weathering of minerals -- Chemical weathering of rocks -- Physical weathering -- Conclusions -- 6 Weathering profiles and landform development -- Weathering front -- Weathering profile differentiation -- Weathering grades -- Weathering depths -- Weathering and the water table -- Spatial patterns of weathering profiles -- Duricrusts -- Weathering profiles and slope form -- Weathering and rock strength -- Weathering and slope instability -- Threshold slopes -- 7 Instability in jointed and fissured rock -- Characteristics of jointed rock -- Unloading joints and rebound phenomena -- Models of jointed rock behaviour -- Rock mass strength classifications -- Strength equilibrium slopes -- Modes of rock failure -- 8 Landforms on granitic rocks -- Inselbergs -- Domed inselbergs (bornhardts) -- Tors (boulder inselbergs) -- Landscape types -- Conclusions -- 9 Properties and landforms of mudrocks -- Terminology of mudrocks -- Composition of mudrocks -- Consolidation and unloading of mudrocks -- Consistency limits -- Microstructure -- Macrostructure -- Shear strength -- Weathering effects -- Swelling and shrinkage -- Landslides and slope development -- Mudslides -- Sensitive clays -- Conclusions -- 10 A rock-landform synthesis -- Landforms of glacial erosion -- Marine cliffs and shore platforms -- Rocks, landforms and climate -- Conclusions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461536642
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene—poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.2.1 Regenerated cellulose -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure—property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    Abstract: Plastics are part of everyday life and contribute immensely to the benefit of humanity. When failures occur, they are due in part either to inferior properties (resulting from poor design or badly controlled processing), or to an incomplete understanding of the properties and applications of plastics materials. Since publication of the first edition, the plastics industry has increas­ ingly adopted advanced business procedures and automation (such as closed loop control and robotics), to combat the effects of recession, and has moved increasingly towards methods based on sound scientific and technological principles. Plastics have increasingly been used in appli­ cations once dominated by the use of metals and ceramics. For instance, in the automotive industry, the modern car now contains a much higher proportion of polymers, including commodity plastics and more spec­ ialized materials. In addition, compact discs are being made from new injection-moulding grades of polycarbonate, which meet the requirements of a demanding process. This second edition has been thoroughly revised and extended to include new materials, technologies and design concepts. Chapters on thermoplastics reflect the development of polymer blends and alloys, whilst the chapters devoted to thermosets have been reorganized to accommodate the renaissance in the applications of phenolics and to cover the growing importance of polyurethanes. The related two­ component process technologies are now included; having undergone major developments in the last decade, they have become important shaping processes.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene-poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.2.1 Regenerated cellulose -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure-property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401091541
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 326 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Molecular and ionic recognition by biological systems -- 2 Molecular and ionic recognition by chemical methods -- 3 Organic sensor materials in entangled and polymer-bound matrices for ion-selective electrodes -- 4 Conducting polymers -- 5 Chemically modified electrodes -- 6 Immunoassay techniques -- 7 Selective chemical transduction based on chemoreceptive control of membrane ion permeability -- 8 Voltammetric and amperometric transducers -- 9 Potentiometric transducers -- 10 MOSFET devices -- 11 Thick film devices -- 12 Catalytic devices -- 13 Spectroscopic and fibre-optic transducers -- 14 Piezoelectric transducers.
    Abstract: At the beginning of this book, and in the absence of guidance from IUPAC, it is appropriate to clarify the term 'chemical sensor'. A chemical sensor may be defined as a simple-to-use, robust device that is capable of reliable quantitative or qualitative recognition of atomic, molecular or ionic species. It is hard to imagine a field of applied chemistry in which a significant impact could not be made by such a device. Undoubtedly, it is this potential that has fuelled the contemporary preoccupation with chemical sensors. An unfortunate side-effect of this otherwise welcome interest is the use of the term 'chemical sensor' to add the chemical equivalent of a 'High-Tech gloss' to a rather ordinary device, publication, conference or research group. This loose usage of terminology is responsible in part for the ambiguity that surrounds many chemists' concepts of the form and function of chemical sensors. Further ambiguity arises from the extravagant claims that have been made for some sensors, and the impression that has been given of much 'verging-on-a-breakthrough' research. The research chemist engaged in sensor development should be mindful of the fact that the ultimate target for these devices is the real world, and that a successful laboratory device operating under well-defined conditions and careful calibration does not constitute a chemical sensor. Research into chemical sensors is not a recent phenomenon; it has been under way for over 80 years.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Molecular and ionic recognition by biological systems2 Molecular and ionic recognition by chemical methods -- 3 Organic sensor materials in entangled and polymer-bound matrices for ion-selective electrodes -- 4 Conducting polymers -- 5 Chemically modified electrodes -- 6 Immunoassay techniques -- 7 Selective chemical transduction based on chemoreceptive control of membrane ion permeability -- 8 Voltammetric and amperometric transducers -- 9 Potentiometric transducers -- 10 MOSFET devices -- 11 Thick film devices -- 12 Catalytic devices -- 13 Spectroscopic and fibre-optic transducers -- 14 Piezoelectric transducers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9781468469066
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fourth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Nature of Printing Inks -- 1.1 Visual characteristics of inks -- 1.2 The nature of printing inks as determined by the printing process -- 1.3 The drying characteristics -- 1.4 The adhesive nature of printing inks -- 1.5 The resistance properties of printing inks -- 2 The Printing Processes -- 2.1 The letterpress process -- 2.2 The offset lithographic process -- 2.3 The gravure process -- 2.4 The flexographic process -- 2.5 The screen printing process -- 2.6 Non-impact printing processes -- 2.7 Other printing processes -- 2.8 Print recognition -- 2.9 Substrate selection -- 2.10 The need for communication -- 3 Colour and Colour Matching -- 3.1 The physical nature of colour -- 3.2 The perception of colour -- 3.3 Additive and subtractive colour mixing -- 3.4 Origins of colour in printed material -- 3.5 Graphic reproduction -- 3.6 The measurement of colour -- 3.7 The recording of colour data and the specification of colour -- 3.8 Colour matching -- 3.9 Instrumental colour match prediction -- References -- 4 Raw Materials -- Section I Pigments -- Section II Dyestuffs -- Section III Oils -- Section IV Resins -- Section V Solvents -- Section VI Plasticisers -- Section VII Waxes -- Section VIII Driers -- Section IX Miscellaneous additives -- Section X Raw materials for radiation curing systems -- Section XI Health and safety at work -- References -- 5 Letterpress Inks -- 5.1 Nature of the process -- 5.2 General characteristics of letterpress inks -- 5.3 Physical properties -- 5.4 Raw materials -- 5.5 Letterpress ink formulation -- 5.6 Ink-related problems and their possible solutions -- 5.7 New developments -- 6 Lithographic Inks -- 6.1 General characteristics of litho inks -- 6.2 Drying mechanisms -- 6.3 Physical properties -- 6.4 Formulating principles -- 6.5 Typical inks and varnishes -- 6.6 Ink-related problems and their possible solutions -- 6.7 Recent and future trends -- 7 Gravure Inks -- 7.1 General characteristics -- 7.2 Physical properties of inks and their measurement -- 7.3 Formulating principles -- 7.4 Inks and varnishes for specific end-use applications -- 7.5 Printing ink faults -- 7.6 Future developments -- 8 Flexographic Inks -- 8.1 General characteristics of the inks -- 8.2 Physical properties of flexographic inks and their measurement -- 8.3 Formulating principles -- 8.4 Inks and varnishes for special purposes -- 8.5 Ink-related printing problems and possible solutions -- 8.6 Recent and future trends -- 9 Screen Inks -- 9.1 Important characteristics of screen inks -- 9.2 Requirements of raw materials -- 9.3 Inks for paper and board -- 9.4 Inks for impervious surfaces -- 9.5 Inks for plastic containers -- 9.6 Textile inks -- 9.7 Transfer inks -- 9.8 Overprint varnishes -- 9.9 Daylight fluorescent inks -- 9.10 Process inks -- 9.11 Metallics -- 9.12 Ink-related printing problems -- 9.13 Recent and future trends -- 10 Radiation Curable Systems -- 10.1 Electromagnetic radiation and electron beams -- 10.2 Microwave and radio frequency drying -- 10.3 Infra-red curing systems -- 10.4 Ultraviolet and electron beam curable inks and varnishes -- 10.5 Radiation curing equipment -- 10.6 State of the art and future trends -- Further reading -- 11 Inks for Special Purposes -- 11.1 Non-impact printing -- 11.2 Speciality screen inks -- 11.3 Inks for the electronics industry -- 11.4 Inks for laminated plastics -- 11.5 Inks for wallcoverings -- 11.6 Textile transfer inks -- 11.7 Sterilisation inks -- 11.8 Metal decorating -- 11.9 Letterset printing -- 12 Manufacture of Inks and Varnishes -- 12.1 General requirements -- 12.2 The manufacturing processes -- 12.3 Mixing equipment -- 12.4 Milling equipment -- 12.5 Handling, storage and manufacture of UV inks -- 12.6 Manufacture of newspaper inks -- 12.7 Handling and storage of inks -- 12.8 Modern production trends -- 12.9 The future -- 13 Rheology of Printing Inks -- 13.1 Flow in ideal systems -- 13.2 Deviations from Newtonian behaviour -- 13.3 Apparatus for the measurement of the viscosity of Newtonian liquids -- 13.4 Practical measurements for non-Newtonian systems -- 13.5 Tack -- 13.6 Tack measurement -- 13.7 Ink distribution and related matters -- 13.8 Rheological measurements and machine design -- References -- 14 Testing, Control and Analysis -- 14.1 Standard tests -- 14.2 Sampling technique -- 14.3 Pigment testing -- 14.4 Chips and pre-dispersions -- 14.5 Dye testing -- 14.6 Resins -- 14.7 Varnishes and oils -- 14.8 Solvents -- 14.9 Radiation curing products -- 14.10 Miscellaneous materials -- 14.11 Ink quality control -- 14.12 Short-term ink testing -- 14.13 Long-term ink testing -- 14.14 Press performance tests -- 14.15 Dry print performance tests -- 14.16 Analysis of printing inks -- References -- Further reading -- 15 Health, Safety and the Environment -- 15.1 Handling of dangerous substances in the manufacture of printing inks -- 15.2 Mechanical and operational aspects -- 15.3 Specific printing ink applications -- 15.4 Some international constraints -- Glossary of abbreviations -- References.
    Abstract: The Printing Ink Manual was first published in 1961 under the auspices of the Society of British Printing Ink Manufacturers with the object of providing an authoritative work on printing ink technology. This, the fourth edition, continues that purpose and presents a comprehensive study of the current 'state of the art' in the ink industry. For those starting in the printing ink industry it is a textbook dealing with all aspects of the formulation and manufacture of printing ink. For the ink technician it is a practical manual and useful source of reference. For printers and users of printed material the manual supplies helpful information on the nature and behaviour of ink both on the printing press and as the finished print. Readers with a little scientific knowledge will have no difficulty in using the manual, but as in previous editions, sufficient chemistry and physics have been introduced to assist the advanced technician and research scientist.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Nature of Printing Inks1.1 Visual characteristics of inks -- 1.2 The nature of printing inks as determined by the printing process -- 1.3 The drying characteristics -- 1.4 The adhesive nature of printing inks -- 1.5 The resistance properties of printing inks -- 2 The Printing Processes -- 2.1 The letterpress process -- 2.2 The offset lithographic process -- 2.3 The gravure process -- 2.4 The flexographic process -- 2.5 The screen printing process -- 2.6 Non-impact printing processes -- 2.7 Other printing processes -- 2.8 Print recognition -- 2.9 Substrate selection -- 2.10 The need for communication -- 3 Colour and Colour Matching -- 3.1 The physical nature of colour -- 3.2 The perception of colour -- 3.3 Additive and subtractive colour mixing -- 3.4 Origins of colour in printed material -- 3.5 Graphic reproduction -- 3.6 The measurement of colour -- 3.7 The recording of colour data and the specification of colour -- 3.8 Colour matching -- 3.9 Instrumental colour match prediction -- References -- 4 Raw Materials -- Section I Pigments -- Section II Dyestuffs -- Section III Oils -- Section IV Resins -- Section V Solvents -- Section VI Plasticisers -- Section VII Waxes -- Section VIII Driers -- Section IX Miscellaneous additives -- Section X Raw materials for radiation curing systems -- Section XI Health and safety at work -- References -- 5 Letterpress Inks -- 5.1 Nature of the process -- 5.2 General characteristics of letterpress inks -- 5.3 Physical properties -- 5.4 Raw materials -- 5.5 Letterpress ink formulation -- 5.6 Ink-related problems and their possible solutions -- 5.7 New developments -- 6 Lithographic Inks -- 6.1 General characteristics of litho inks -- 6.2 Drying mechanisms -- 6.3 Physical properties -- 6.4 Formulating principles -- 6.5 Typical inks and varnishes -- 6.6 Ink-related problems and their possible solutions -- 6.7 Recent and future trends -- 7 Gravure Inks -- 7.1 General characteristics -- 7.2 Physical properties of inks and their measurement -- 7.3 Formulating principles -- 7.4 Inks and varnishes for specific end-use applications -- 7.5 Printing ink faults -- 7.6 Future developments -- 8 Flexographic Inks -- 8.1 General characteristics of the inks -- 8.2 Physical properties of flexographic inks and their measurement -- 8.3 Formulating principles -- 8.4 Inks and varnishes for special purposes -- 8.5 Ink-related printing problems and possible solutions -- 8.6 Recent and future trends -- 9 Screen Inks -- 9.1 Important characteristics of screen inks -- 9.2 Requirements of raw materials -- 9.3 Inks for paper and board -- 9.4 Inks for impervious surfaces -- 9.5 Inks for plastic containers -- 9.6 Textile inks -- 9.7 Transfer inks -- 9.8 Overprint varnishes -- 9.9 Daylight fluorescent inks -- 9.10 Process inks -- 9.11 Metallics -- 9.12 Ink-related printing problems -- 9.13 Recent and future trends -- 10 Radiation Curable Systems -- 10.1 Electromagnetic radiation and electron beams -- 10.2 Microwave and radio frequency drying -- 10.3 Infra-red curing systems -- 10.4 Ultraviolet and electron beam curable inks and varnishes -- 10.5 Radiation curing equipment -- 10.6 State of the art and future trends -- Further reading -- 11 Inks for Special Purposes -- 11.1 Non-impact printing -- 11.2 Speciality screen inks -- 11.3 Inks for the electronics industry -- 11.4 Inks for laminated plastics -- 11.5 Inks for wallcoverings -- 11.6 Textile transfer inks -- 11.7 Sterilisation inks -- 11.8 Metal decorating -- 11.9 Letterset printing -- 12 Manufacture of Inks and Varnishes -- 12.1 General requirements -- 12.2 The manufacturing processes -- 12.3 Mixing equipment -- 12.4 Milling equipment -- 12.5 Handling, storage and manufacture of UV inks -- 12.6 Manufacture of newspaper inks -- 12.7 Handling and storage of inks -- 12.8 Modern production trends -- 12.9 The future -- 13 Rheology of Printing Inks -- 13.1 Flow in ideal systems -- 13.2 Deviations from Newtonian behaviour -- 13.3 Apparatus for the measurement of the viscosity of Newtonian liquids -- 13.4 Practical measurements for non-Newtonian systems -- 13.5 Tack -- 13.6 Tack measurement -- 13.7 Ink distribution and related matters -- 13.8 Rheological measurements and machine design -- References -- 14 Testing, Control and Analysis -- 14.1 Standard tests -- 14.2 Sampling technique -- 14.3 Pigment testing -- 14.4 Chips and pre-dispersions -- 14.5 Dye testing -- 14.6 Resins -- 14.7 Varnishes and oils -- 14.8 Solvents -- 14.9 Radiation curing products -- 14.10 Miscellaneous materials -- 14.11 Ink quality control -- 14.12 Short-term ink testing -- 14.13 Long-term ink testing -- 14.14 Press performance tests -- 14.15 Dry print performance tests -- 14.16 Analysis of printing inks -- References -- Further reading -- 15 Health, Safety and the Environment -- 15.1 Handling of dangerous substances in the manufacture of printing inks -- 15.2 Mechanical and operational aspects -- 15.3 Specific printing ink applications -- 15.4 Some international constraints -- Glossary of abbreviations -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    ISBN: 9781489926838
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 307 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Many books on ageing attempt to cover the whole field of gerontology. However, since gerontology is now such a diversified and rapidly expanding subject, the results of such attempts tend to be either incomprehensible compendia or encyc10pedias of disheartening size. The present book aims to be both more modest and more ambitious. It focuses on a single object (Drosophila), but attempts to off er a synthesis of all the gerontological work that has been done on it. It also aims to show the extent to which this work has led to an understanding of the biological phenomena of ageing, longevity, senescence and death in higher organisms, inc1uding man. Finally it attempts, on the basis of current knowledge, to mark out the paths that the next generation of researchers will most probably follow. Drosophila has been used as a model organism to advance our basic knowledge of the fundamentals of genetics and gerontology. It may be noted that the pioneering work on the genetics of ageing, which used Drosophila, began very early in this century, within the first decade of the rediscovery of Mendel's laws.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781489927927
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (249 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences ; Social groups. ; Engineering. ; Life sciences. ; Sociology. ; Humanities. ; Science. ; Mathematics.
    Abstract: I realize more and more that to some degree psychol­ ogists study their own lives. My first studies in the mid-1970s looked at the conflicts that emerge in dual­ career couples as the partners combine their various roles. Ideas for the early studies initially came from con­ versations with clients, friends, and people I met trav­ eling. Soon after the topic of dual careers came up, dis­ cussions of guilt and frustration followed. The partici­ pants in my first studies turned out to be predominantly women. Men expressed little interest in participating. A common response was, "Talk to my wife. " 7 8 PREFACE Ostensibly, husbands saw their partners, but not themselves, as dealing with conflicting roles. Although I presumed this to be somewhat true, I knew from ob­ serving my own husband that my having a career had an immeasurable impact on him. Were men denying something? Were women overly sensitive? Discussions with my husband, which helped me to get a better grasp on what male partners might be feeling, planted the seed for my subsequent book on men in dual-career 1 families, published in 1985. In gathering material for that book, I was struck by the contrast with men's ear­ lier disinterest. Husbands appeared eager to talk about their lives. Their greatest concern-what happens to the children?-became the focus of my last set of studies. Why this book? "Sharing it all" symbolizes the es­ sence of a two-career marriage.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461310631
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Mechatronics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Background -- 1 Introduction to Mechatronics -- 2 Mechatronic System Elements -- II Applications -- 3 Factory Automation -- 4 Office Automation -- 5 Home Automation -- III Technology -- 6 Computer Integrated Systems -- 7 Smart Robots -- 8 Machine Vision Systems -- IV Assessment -- 9 Technology Assessment -- 10 Trends in Mechatronics -- 11 A Blueprint for the Future -- Appendix A Glossary -- Appendix B Reference Materials -- Japanese Information Sources -- U.S. Report on Mechatronics -- Mechatronics Standards.
    Description / Table of Contents: I Background1 Introduction to Mechatronics -- 2 Mechatronic System Elements -- II Applications -- 3 Factory Automation -- 4 Office Automation -- 5 Home Automation -- III Technology -- 6 Computer Integrated Systems -- 7 Smart Robots -- 8 Machine Vision Systems -- IV Assessment -- 9 Technology Assessment -- 10 Trends in Mechatronics -- 11 A Blueprint for the Future -- Appendix A Glossary -- Appendix B Reference Materials -- Japanese Information Sources -- U.S. Report on Mechatronics -- Mechatronics Standards.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401722094
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (III, 172 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; Mathematics ; Mathematics—Study and teaching . ; Sociology.
    Abstract: Mathematical Education and Aboriginal Children -- On Culture, Geometrical Thinking and Mathematics Education -- School Mathematics in Culture-Conflict Situations -- Mathematics Education in Its Cultural Context -- Values, Mathematics Education, and the Task of Developing Pupils’ Personalities: An Indonesian Perspective -- Outcomes of Schooling: Mathematics Achievement and Attitudes Towards Mathematics Learning in Hong Kong -- Institutional Issues in the Study of School Mathematics: Curriculum Research -- The Computer as a Cultural Influence in Mathematical Learning -- Book Reviews -- Erich Ch. Wittmann, ElementargeometrieundWirklichkeit -- C. C McKnight, F. J. Crosswhite, J. A. Dossey, E. Kifer, J. O. Swafford, K. J. Travers, and T. J. Cooney, The Underachieving Curriculum — Assessing US School Mathematics from an International Perspective -- Louise Lafortune (ed.), Women and Mathematics -- J. Dhombres, A. Dahan-Dalmedico, R. Bkouche, C. Houzel, and M. Guillemot, Mathématiquesau fil des âges.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    ISBN: 9789400926790
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (332p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Evaluation in Education and Human Services
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; Educational tests and measurements
    Abstract: I The Service Study Years: 1929 to 1938 -- 1 Overview -- 2 Service Studies in Higher Education -- 3 Constructing Achievement Tests -- II Appraising and Recording Student Progress: The Eight-Year Study -- 1 Overview -- 2 Appraising and Recording Student Progress -- III Tyler’s Rationale for Curriculum Development -- 1 Overview -- 2 New Dimensions in Curriculum Development -- IV National Testing Programs -- 1 Overview -- 2 Appraisal of Educational Achievement Gained in the Armed Forces -- 3 The Objectives and Plans for a National Assessment of Educational Progress -- 4 National Assessment — Some Valuable By-Products for Schools -- V Tyler’s Recent Reflections on His Work -- 1 Overview -- 2 An Interview with Ralph Tyler -- 3 Appendix: Vitae of Ralph Winfred Tyler -- VI A Chronological Bibliography.
    Abstract: I personally learned to know Ralph Tyler rather late in his career when, in the 1960s, I spent a year as a Fellow at the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences at Stanford. His term of office as Director of the Center was then approaching its end. This would seem to disqualify me thoroughly from preparing a Foreword to this "Classic Works. " Many of his colleagues and, not least, of his students at his dear Alma Mater, the University of Chicago, are certainly better prepared than I to put his role in American education in proper perspective. The reason for inviting me is, I assume, to bring out the influence that Tyler has had on the international educational scene. I am writing this Foreword on a personal note. Ralph Tyler's accomplishments in his roles as a scholar, policy maker, educational leader, and statesman have been amply put on record in this book, not least in the editors' Preface. My reflections are those of an observer from abroad but who, over the last 25 years, has been close enough to overcome the aloofness of the foreigner. Tyler has over many years been criss-crossing the North American con­ tinent generously giving advice to agencies at the federal, state, and local levels, lecturing, and serving on many committees and task forces that have been instrumental in shaping American education.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400926752
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (172p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Evaluation in Education and Human Services
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Assessment.
    Abstract: 1 Teacher Selection: A Problem of Admission Criteria, Certification Criteria, or Prediction of Job Performance? -- 2 Evaluation of Teacher Education Programs -- 3 The Professional Education Unit -- 4 An Outcomes-Based Teacher Preparation Program -- 5 Teacher Education Follow-up Evaluation: How To Do It -- 6 Pupil Achievement: The Weakest Link in the Evaluation Chain -- 7 Reflections on Conference Proceedings for the Center for Teacher Education Evaluation -- 8 Some Missing Links.
    Abstract: In an age that dictates accountability and verifiability of educational programs, institutions of higher education are called on to justify their programs. To meet these demands, there is a need for improved methods for the evaluation of teacher education programs. More importantly, there is a need for the development of methods and procedures to conduct continuous and on-going evaluation that can aid the process of program improvement. Many institutions have had difficulties in developing and implementing satisfactory systems for conducting needed evaluation. In recent years the standards for the approval of teacher education programs in all of the states were strengthened as were the standards for approval by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). These revised standards put even more emphasis on accountability and the need for both summative and formative evaluation in a teacher education program. Tennessee Technological University has long been recognized as an institution with an exemplary project in program evaluation. As a result, in 1986, the state of Tennessee established at Tennessee Technological University, a Center for Teacher Education Evaluation. The Center began work in July 1986, on the development of models and systems for conducting teacher education program evaluation. To most, teacher education program evaluation is simple and straightforward. Evaluation includes a set of options, a set of criteria, data collection and interpretation, x and then use in meeting accountability needs.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781489963338
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 435 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Mathematics ; Life sciences. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities. ; Science. ; Engineering.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    ISBN: 2827103850
    Language: French
    Pages: XVII, 316 S , graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Studia ethnographica Friburgensia 13
    Series Statement: Studia ethnographica Friburgensia
    Dissertation note: Zugl.: Freiburg, Schweiz, Univ., Diss.
    DDC: 370.967
    Keywords: Education ; Education Aims and objectives ; Hochschulschrift ; Hochschulschrift ; Subsaharisches Afrika ; Schule ; Milieu ; Subsaharisches Afrika ; Schule
    Note: Literaturverz. S. 299-316
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...